BASIS
BASIS
Specifies the electronic basis sets to be used.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default basis set
OPTIONS:
General, Gen
User defined ($basis keyword required).
Symbol
Use standard basis sets as per Chapter 8.
Mixed
Use a mixture of basis sets (see Chapter 8).
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult literature and reviews to aid your selection.
CONCENTRIC_REF_BASIS
CONCENTRIC_REF_BASIS
Specify the projection basis (PB) in the concentric localization procedure
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
Parsed in the same way as BASIS; if unspecified, the working basis (WB) will be used as PB.
RECOMMENDATION:
WB is usually a good choice; a smaller basis can chosen with caution to further
reduce the computational cost.
CONCENTRIC_VIRTS_ZETA
CONCENTRIC_VIRTS_ZETA
Specify the size of the truncated virtual space
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
The total number of the CL-truncated virtuals is
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default; set it to a larger value if higher accuracy is requested.
CONCENTRIC_VIRTS
CONCENTRIC_VIRTS
Use the concentric localization (CL) scheme to truncate the virtual space
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use the CL scheme to truncate the virtual space
FALSE
Leave the virtual space untruncated
RECOMMENDATION:
Use CL truncation for WFT-in-DFT calculations.
CVS_IP_ALPHA
CVS_IP_ALPHA
Sets the number of ionized target states derived by removing electron
().
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any IP/ states.
OPTIONS:
Find ionized states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CVS_IP_BETA
CVS_IP_BETA
Sets the number of ionized target states derived by removing electron
(, default for CVS-IP).
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any IP/ states.
OPTIONS:
Find ionized states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CVS_IP_STATES
CVS_IP_STATES
Sets the number of core-ionized states to find. By default, electron will be removed.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any IP states.
OPTIONS:
[i,j,k…]
Find ionized states in the first irrep, states in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIRECT_DIAG
DIRECT_DIAG
Perform direct diagonalization to obtain all the NEO excitation energies.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Use Davidson algorithm.
OPTIONS:
1
Do the direct diagonalization.
0
Use Davidson algorithm.
RECOMMENDATION:
Only use this option when Davidson solutions are not stable.
DISTORT
DISTORT
Specifies whether to apply pressure or external force to a chemical system
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
False
Do not use pressure or force
True
Use pressure or force
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to true to apply pressure or force.
EDA2_MOM
EDA2_MOM
Perform ALMO-EDA calculation with non-aufbau electronic configurations
using MOM
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Standard ALMO-EDA calculation
TRUE
ALMO-EDA for non-aufbau states
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EDA_ALIGN_FRGM_SPIN
EDA_ALIGN_FRGM_SPIN
Turn on the fragment spin alignment procedure
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not performed the spin alignment procedure (turned on by default in unrestricted cases)
1
Perform fragment spin alignment; use GDM for the polarization step preceding the MOM calculations
2
Perform fragment spin alignment; use GDM and perform stability analysis for the polarization step
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 1 or 2 when the radical is of highly symmetric structure
EDA_NOCV
EDA_NOCV
Perform the NOCV analysis and plot the significant NOCVs
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not perform NOCV analysis
1
Plot NOCV pair contributions to density deformation
2
Plot both NOCV pair contribution to density deformation and NOCV orbitals
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EDA_PLOT_DIFF_DEN
EDA_PLOT_DIFF_DEN
Plot changes in electron density due to POL and CT
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not make EDD plots
TRUE
Make EDD plots
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EIGSLV_METH
EIGSLV_METH
Control the method for solving the ALMO-CIS eigen-equation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Explicitly build the Hamiltonian then diagonalize (full-spectrum)
1
Use the Davidson method (currently only available for restricted cases)
RECOMMENDATION:
None; use 1 for ALMO-TDA calculations (0 unavailable)
ENV_METHOD
ENV_METHOD
Specify the low-level theory in a projection-based embedding calculation
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
Parsed in the same way as $rem variable “METHOD”
RECOMMENDATION:
A mean-field method (pure or hybrid density functional) should be chosen.
ESP_EFIELD
ESP_EFIELD
Triggers the calculation of ESP and/or electric field at nuclear positions or on a given
grid of points
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Compute ESP only
1
Compute both ESP and electric field
2
Compute electric field only
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EX_EDA
EX_EDA
Perform an ALMO-EDA calculation with one or more fragments excited.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform EDA with excited-state molecule(s) taken into account.
FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
None
FIXING_V_EMBED
FIXING_V_EMBED
Invoke the linearized approximation for the energy functional used for embedding calculations
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use the linearized approximation for energy functional [Eq. (11.107)]
FALSE
Use the original energy functional [Eq. (11.101)]
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default to achieve savings in computational costs
FODFT_DONOR
FODFT_DONOR
Specify the donor fragment in FODFT calculation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
First fragment as donor
2
Second fragment as donor
RECOMMENDATION:
With FODFT_METHOD = 1, the charged fragment needs to be the
donor fragment
FODFT_METHOD
FODFT_METHOD
Specify the flavor of FODFT method
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
FODFT()@ (HT) / FODFT()@ (ET)
2
FODFT()@
3
FODFT()@ (HT) / FODFT()@ (ET)
RECOMMENDATION:
The default approach shows the best overall performance
FRAG_DIABAT_DOHT
FRAG_DIABAT_DOHT
Specify whether hole or electron transfer is considered
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do hole transfer
FALSE
Do electron transfer
RECOMMENDATION:
Need to be specified for POD and FODFT calculations
FRAG_DIABAT_METHOD
FRAG_DIABAT_METHOD
Specify fragment based diabatization method
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
ALMO_MSDFT
Perform ALMO(MSDFT) diabatization
POD
Perform projection operator diabatization (the original method)
POD2_L
Perform POD2 with Löwdin orthogonalization
POD2_GS
Perform POD2 with Grad-Schmidt orthogonalization
ESID
The energy-split-in-dimer method,
1210
J. Am. Chem. Soc.
(2006),
128,
pp. 9882.
Link
which is equivalent to
the FMO approach
introduced in Section 10.15.2.5
FODFT
Calculate electronic coupling using fragment orbital DFT
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
FRAG_DIABAT_PRINT
FRAG_DIABAT_PRINT
Specify the print level for fragment based diabatization calculations
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No additional prints
Print additional details
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless debug information is needed
GAP_TOL
GAP_TOL
HOMO/LUMO gap threshold to control whether to shift the diagonal elements of the virtual block of the Fock matrix or not.
If the HOMO/LUMO gap is less than this threshold, at a given SCF iteration, then
the diagonal elements of the virtual block of the Fock matrix are shifted. Otherwise no level-shift is applied.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
The input number must be an integer between 0 and 9999.
The actual threshold is equal to GAP_TOL divided by 1000, in Hartree.
The default value is provided to make the level-shifting calculation run and should not be taken as optimal for any specific problem.
Trial and error may be required to find the optimal threshold.
Larger values of GAP_TOL generally lead to
level-shifting being used more frequently during the SCF convergence process.
GEN_SCFMAN_EMBED
GEN_SCFMAN_EMBED
Run a projection-based embedding calculation using the implementation
based onGEN_SCFMAN
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform a projection-based embedding calculation
FALSE
Do not perform an embedding calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
None
GUESS_GRID
GUESS_GRID
Specifies the type of grid to use for SAP guess generation. The options are the same as those of the $rem variable XC_GRID.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
Use SG-0 for H, C, N, and O; SG-1 for all other atoms.
Use SG- for all atoms, , or 3
A string of two six-digit integers and , where is the number of radial points
and is the number of angular points where possible numbers of Lebedev angular
points, which must be an allowed value from Table 5.2 in
Section 5.5.
Similar format for Gauss-Legendre grids, with the six-digit integer corresponding
to the number of radial points and the six-digit integer providing the number of
Gauss-Legendre angular points, .
RECOMMENDATION:
Larger grids may be required if the SAP guess is poor.
JOBTYPE
JOBTYPE
Specifies the calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
Default is single-point, which should be changed to one of the following options.
OPTIONS:
OPT
Equilibrium structure optimization.
TS
Transition structure optimization is currently not available in NEO.
RPATH
Intrinsic reaction path following is currently not available in NEO.
RECOMMENDATION:
Application-dependent. Always use SYM_IGNORE = TRUE with geometry optimization.
LEVEL_SHIFT
LEVEL_SHIFT
Determine whether to invoke level-shifting or not together with DIIS.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TURE, FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Use TRUE if level-shifting is necessary to accelerate SCF convergence.
LSHIFT
LSHIFT
Constant shift applied to all diagonal elements of the virtual block of the Fock matrix.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
200
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
The input number must be an integer between 0 and 9999.
The actual shift is equal to GAP_TOL divided by 1000, in Hartree.
The default value is provided to make the level-shifting calculation run and should not be taken as optimal for any specific problem.
Trial and error may be required to find the optimal threshold.
Larger level shifts make the SCF process more stable but also slow down convergence, thus requiring more SCF cycles.
MAX_DP_CYCLES
MAX_DP_CYCLES
The maximum number of SCF iterations with damping when SCF_ALGORITHM = DP_DIIS and DP_GDM. See also THRESH_DP_SWITCH.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
1
Only a single SCF step with damping, and no damping for the remaining SCF steps.
SCF iterations with damping before turning damping off.
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase this number if strong fluctuation continues after damping is turned off.
MAX_LS_CYCLES
MAX_LS_CYCLES
The maximum number of DIIS iterations with level-shifting when SCF_ALGORITHM = LS_DIIS. See also THRESH_LS_SWITCH.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
MAX_SCF_CYCLES
OPTIONS:
1
Only a single DIIS step with level-shifting, and no level-shifting for the remaining DIIS steps.
DIIS iterations with level-shifting before turning level-shifting off.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MAX_SCF_CYCLES
MAX_SCF_CYCLES
Controls the maximum number of SCF iterations permitted.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
User-selected.
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase for slowly converging systems such as those containing transition
metals.
METHOD
METHOD
Specifies the exchange-correlation functional.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
NAME
Use METHOD = NAME, where NAME is one of the following:
HF for Hartree-Fock theory;
one of the DFT methods listed in Section 5.3.5.;
RECOMMENDATION:
In general, consult the literature to guide your selection. Our recommendations for DFT are indicated
in bold in Section 5.3.5.
MOM_METHOD
MOM_METHOD
Determines the target orbitals with which to maximize the overlap on each SCF cycle.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
MOM
OPTIONS:
MOM
Maximize overlap with the orbitals from the previous SCF cycle.
IMOM
Maximize overlap with the initial guess orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
If appropriate guess orbitals can be obtained, then IMOM
can provide more reliable convergence to the desired solution.
63
J. Chem. Theory Comput.
(2018),
14,
pp. 1501.
Link
MSDFT_METHOD
MSDFT_METHOD
Specify the scheme for ALMO(MSDFT)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
1
The original MSDFT scheme [Eq. (10.141)]
2
The ALMO(MSDFT2) approach [Eq. (10.144)]
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default method. Note that the method will be automatically
reset to 1 if a meta-GGA functional is requested.
MSDFT_PINV_THRESH
MSDFT_PINV_THRESH
Set the threshold for pseudo-inverse of the interstate overlap
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
Set the threshold to 10
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default value
NDAMP
NDAMP
Determine the mixing coefficient. = NDAMP/100.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
75
OPTIONS:
User-defined. Integers between 0 and 100.
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase NDAMP if strong fluctuations happen during the SCF process.
NEO_BASIS_LIN_DEP_THRESH
NEO_BASIS_LIN_DEP_THRESH
This keyword is used to set the liner dependency threshold for nuclear basis sets. It is defined as .
TYPE:
DOUBLE
DEFAULT:
5.0
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
No recommendation.
NEO_CCSD_CONVERGENCE
NEO_CCSD_CONVERGENCE
NEO-RICCSD is considered converged when the energy error is less than
.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
8
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None
NEO_CCSD_MAX_CYCLES
NEO_CCSD_MAX_CYCLES
Controls the maximum number of CC iterations permitted.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5000
OPTIONS:
Set the maximum number of iterations to .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
NEO_EPC
NEO_EPC
Specifies the electron-proton correlation functional.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
NAME
Use NEO_EPC = NAME, where NAME can be either epc172 or epc19.
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult the NEO literature to guide your selection.
NEO_E_CONV
NEO_E_CONV
Energy convergence criteria in the NEO-SCF calculations so that the difference in energy between electronic and protonic iterations is less than
.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
8
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Tighter criteria for geometry optimization are recommended.
NEO_ISOTOPE
NEO_ISOTOPE
Enable calculations of different types of isotopes. Only one type of isotope is allowed at present.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
Default is the proton isotope.
OPTIONS:
1
This NEO calculation is using proton isotope.
2
This NEO calculation is using deuterium isotope.
3
This NEO calculation is using tritium isotope.
RECOMMENDATION:
Refer to the NEO literature for the best performance on the isotope effects calculations.
NEO_N_SCF_CONVERGENCE
NEO_N_SCF_CONVERGENCE
NEO-SCF is considered converged when the nuclear wave function error is less that
.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
7
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
NEO_PURECART
NEO_PURECART
This keyword is used to specify Cartesian or spherical Gaussians for nuclear basis functions.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2222
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
The default value corresponds to the use of Cartesian Gaussians for all angular momentum classes.
The value NEO_PURECART = 1111 would use spherical Gaussians instead, similar to the use of PURECART.
NEO_RICCSD
NEO_RICCSD
Enable a NEO-RICCSD calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
1
Enable this option.
0
Disable this option.
RECOMMENDATION:
Both electronic and protonic auxiliary basis sets must be specified.
NEO_SCFV
NEO_SCFV
Enable a NEO-SCFV calculation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 No NEO-SCFV calculation.
OPTIONS:
1 Enable a NEO-SCFV calculation.
0 Disable a NEO-SCFV calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
NEO_SET_ESTATE
NEO_SET_ESTATE
This keyword is used to specify for which vibronic excited state with dominant electronic character the gradient or geometry optimization is needed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
Looks to calculate gradient or conduct geometry optimization for the th NEO
vibronic excited state with dominant electronic character.
RECOMMENDATION:
Make sure enough roots are requested by the SET_ROOTS keyword because the vibronic excited states
with dominant protonic character usually come before.
NEO_SET_OPT
NEO_SET_OPT
Enable a NEO excited state geometry optimization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
1
Enable a NEO excited state geometry optimization.
0
Disable a NEO excited state geometry optimization.
RECOMMENDATION:
Need to use with SET_STATE_DERIV. Consult the keyword NEO_SET_ESTATE
if geometry optimization is desired for a vibronic excited state with dominant electronic character.
NEO_VPP
NEO_VPP
Remove terms from the nuclear Fock matrix and the corresponding kernel terms for NEO excited state methods for the case of one quantum proton.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
1
Enable this option.
0
Disable this option.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this only in the case of one quantum hydrogen.
NEO_ZVEC_CG_CONV
NEO_ZVEC_CG_CONV
The convergence threshold () for the iterative gradient solver for NEO -vector equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
8
OPTIONS:
Use iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
NEO_ZVEC_CG_MAXITER
NEO_ZVEC_CG_MAXITER
Controls the maximum number of iterative gradient solver iterations permitted.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300
OPTIONS:
Use iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
NEO_ZVEC_LINEAR
NEO_ZVEC_LINEAR
Use linear solver for -vector equations for NEO excited state gradient.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
1
Use linear solver
0
Use iterative conjugate gradient solver
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default iterative conjugate gradient solver because it is more memory efficient.
NEO
NEO
Enable a NEO-SCF calculation.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Enable a NEO-SCF calculation.
FALSE
Disable a NEO-SCF calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if desired.
POD_MULTI_PAIRS
POD_MULTI_PAIRS
Calculate the couplings between multiple pairs of donor and acceptor
orbitals in POD
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculate the couplings between multiple pairs of orbitals
FALSE
Only calculate the D(HOMO)–A(HOMO) coupling (for HT) or
D(LUMO)–A(LUMO) coupling (for ET)
RECOMMENDATION:
None
POD_WINDOW
POD_WINDOW
Specify the number of donor and acceptor orbitals when couplings between
multiple pairs are requested
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
Including frontier occupied orbitals (from to HOMO)
and frontier virtual orbitals (from LUMO to ) for both
donor and acceptor
RECOMMENDATION:
None
RR_NO_NORMALISE
RR_NO_NORMALISE
Controls whether frequency job calculates resonance Raman intensities
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
False
Normalize RR intensities
True
Do not normalize RR intensities
RECOMMENDATION:
False
SCFMI_MOM
SCFMI_MOM
Perform an SCFMI calculation with non-aufbau electronic configurations
using MOM
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Standard SCFMI calculation
TRUE
SCFMI calculation with MOM
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SCF_ALGORITHM
SCF_ALGORITHM
Algorithm used for converging the SCF.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
DIIS
Pulay DIIS.
OPTIONS:
DIIS
Pulay DIIS.
DM
Direct minimizer.
DIIS_DM
Uses DIIS initially, switching to direct minimizer for later iterations
(See THRESH_DIIS_SWITCH, MAX_DIIS_CYCLES).
DIIS_GDM
Use DIIS and then later switch to geometric direct minimization
(See THRESH_DIIS_SWITCH, MAX_DIIS_CYCLES).
GDM
Geometric Direct Minimization.
RCA
Relaxed constraint algorithm
RCA_DIIS
Use RCA initially, switching to DIIS for later iterations (see
THRESH_RCA_SWITCH and MAX_RCA_CYCLES described
later in this chapter)
ROOTHAAN
Roothaan repeated diagonalization.
RECOMMENDATION:
In the NEO methods, the GDM procedure is recommended.
SCF_CONVERGENCE
SCF_CONVERGENCE
NEO-SCF is considered converged when the electronic wave function error is less that
. Adjust the value of THRESH at the same
time. (Starting with Q-Chem 3.0, the DIIS error is measured by the maximum error
rather than the RMS error as in earlier versions.)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
For single point energy calculations.
8
For geometry optimizations.
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
SET_CISGUES
SET_CISGUES
Controls how to generate the initial guess excitation vectors in CIS/TDA/RPA calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Generate N (no. of roots requested) occupiedvirtual single orbital transitions according to their orbital energy difference order (from low to high). This is the common scenario.
1
Generate N-1 occupiedvirtual single orbital transitions according to their orbital energy difference order (from low to high), and generate another guess excitation vector consist of all the remaining single orbital transitions in the occupiedvirtual transition space with equal weights.
2
Generate N occupied/virtual single orbital transitions according to their orbital energy difference order (from low to high), and generate one more guess excitation vector consist of all the remaining single orbital transitions in the occupiedvirtual transition space with equal weights.
RECOMMENDATION:
The default setting should work for most of the cases. However, when the no. of roots is small, in some CIS/TDA/RPA calculations low energy excited states could be missing. The options SET_CISGUES = 1 or 2 may remedy this root missing issue by sampling more vectors in the transition space. Setting SET_CISGUES = 1 or 2 may take more cycles to converge in the Davidson iteration, but the results are expected to be more reliable. Currently SET_CISGUES = 1 or 2 are not supported in SF-XCIS calculations. Setting TRNSS = TRUE also disables the setting of SET_CISGUES.
SET_ROOTS
SET_ROOTS
Sets the number of NEO excited state roots to find by Davidson or display the number of roots obtained by direct diagonalization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any excited states.
OPTIONS:
Looks for NEO excited states.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SET_RPA
SET_RPA
Do a NEO-TDDFT or NEO-TDHF calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL/INTEGER
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do a NEO-TDA or NEO-CIS calculation.
TRUE
Do a NEO-TDDFT or NEO-TDHF calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult the NEO literature to guide your selection.
SET_STATE_DERIV
SET_STATE_DERIV
This keyword is used to specify for which NEO excited state the gradient or geometry optimization is needed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
Looks to calculate gradient or conduct geometry optimization for the th NEO
excited state.
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult the keyword NEO_SET_ESTATE if gradient is desired for a vibronic excited state with dominant electronic character.
SET_SUBSPACE
SET_SUBSPACE
Specify the number of protonic guess vectors for NEO-TDDFT
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Number of states desired (as set by SET_ROOTS) if the number is smaller than the size of the
protonic subspace (number of protonic occupied orbitals number of protonic virtual orbitals) or
the size of the protonic subspace
OPTIONS:
Use vectors.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
SPADE_PARTITION
SPADE_PARTITION
Use the SPADE approach to determine the initial set of embedded (active) orbitals
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use SPADE to partition the occupied space
FALSE
Use the Pipek-Mezey localization + Mulliken population to assign occupied orbitals
RECOMMENDATION:
Use SPADE if a significant gap in the spectrum of singular values can be detected.
THRESH_DP_SWITCH
THRESH_DP_SWITCH
The threshold for turning off damping in SCF iterations is when
SCF_ALGORITHM is set to DP_DIIS or DP_GDM. See also MAX_DP_CYCLES.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
User-defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
THRESH_LS_SWITCH
THRESH_LS_SWITCH
The threshold for turning off level-shifting in DIIS is when
SCF_ALGORITHM is set to LS_DIIS. See also MAX_LS_CYCLES.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
User-defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
UNRESTRICTED
UNRESTRICTED
Controls the use of restricted or unrestricted orbitals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Closed-shell systems.
TRUE
Open-shell systems.
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Constrain the spatial part of the alpha and beta orbitals to be the same.
TRUE
Do not Constrain the spatial part of the alpha and beta orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
The ROHF method is not available. Note that for unrestricted calculations on
systems with an even number of electrons it is usually necessary to break
/ symmetry in the initial guess, by using SCF_GUESS_MIX or
providing $occupied information (see Section 4.4 on initial guesses).
VFB_CTA
VFB_CTA
Use the Variational Forward-Backward (VFB) approach to obtain “one-way” CT PESs.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
FORWARD
Allow 12 CT only (1 and 2 are two fragments).
BACKWARD
Allow 21 CT only.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
XC_GRID
XC_GRID
Specifies the type of grid to use for DFT calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Functional-dependent; see Table 5.3.
OPTIONS:
0
Use SG-0 for H, C, N, and O; SG-1 for all other atoms.
Use SG- for all atoms, , or 3
A string of two six-digit integers and , where is the number of radial points
and is the number of angular points where possible numbers of Lebedev angular
points, which must be an allowed value from Table 5.2 in
Section 5.5.
Similar format for Gauss-Legendre grids, with the six-digit integer corresponding
to the number of radial points and the six-digit integer providing the number of
Gauss-Legendre angular points, .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless numerical integration problems arise. Larger grids may be required for optimization and frequency calculations.
FRZN_OPT
FRZN_OPT
Controls whether the job uses zeroed Hessian technique in the frequency calculations
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
False
Do not use the zeroed out Hessian
True
Use the zeroed out Hessian
RECOMMENDATION:
False
FRZ_ATOMS
FRZ_ATOMS
Controls the number of frozen atoms
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
User defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HARM_FORCE
HARM_FORCE
Sets the force constant for harmonic confiner
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
User defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HARM_OPT
HARM_OPT
Controls whether the job uses confining potentials
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
False
Do not use the potential
True
Use the potential
RECOMMENDATION:
False
HOATOMS
HOATOMS
Controls the number of confined atom
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
User defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ALMO_EFIELD_PROBE_FRGM
ALMO_EFIELD_PROBE_FRGM
Specify the index of the probe fragment in ALMO-based ESP and electric field calculations
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
Specify the -th fragment as the probe
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ALMO_EFIELD
ALMO_EFIELD
Calculate the environment ESP/E-field using ALMO-based partitioning
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
In job 1, it saves the electron density for the environment constructed from ALMOs;
In job 2, it reads in the electron density (must be together with SCF_GUESS = READ_DEN)
FALSE
Don’t do ALMO-based ESP/field calculations
RECOMMENDATION:
Required for both jobs in ALMO-based electric field calculations
CLENSHAW_NGRID
CLENSHAW_NGRID
Number of grid points for the Curtis-Clenshaw quadrature.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
40
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
COMPLEX_EXPONENTS
COMPLEX_EXPONENTS
Enable a non-Hermitian calculation with CBFs.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform a non-Hermitian calculation with CBFs
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if a non-Hermitian calculation using CBFs is desired.
COMPLEX_METSCF
COMPLEX_METSCF
Specify the NH-SCF solver
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
Roothaan iterations
1
DIIS
3
ADIIS
21
Newton-MINRES
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default (DIIS).
COMPLEX_N_ELECTRON
COMPLEX_N_ELECTRON
Add electrons for non-Hermitian calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Perform the non-Hermitian calculation on -electrons
OPTIONS:
Perform the non-Hermitian calculation on an electron system
RECOMMENDATION:
None
COMPLEX_SCF_GUESS
COMPLEX_SCF_GUESS
Specify the NH-SCF guess
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use a guess from a static-exchange calculation
1
Read real-basis MO coefficients
2
Read real-basis density matrix
1000
Read guess from a previous calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
Use a guess from a static exchange calculation. Note that for temporary anions, this requires the specification of COMPLEX_TARGET.
COMPLEX_SCF
COMPLEX_SCF
Perform a non-Hermitian SCF calculation with CBFs
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not perform an NH-SCF calculation
1
Perform a restricted NH-SCF calculation
2
Perform an unrestricted NH-SCF calculation
3
Perform a restricted, open-shell NH-SCF calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
None
COMPLEX_SPIN_STATE
COMPLEX_SPIN_STATE
Spin state for non-Hermitian calculation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
Singlet
OPTIONS:
A state of spin
RECOMMENDATION:
None
COMPLEX_STATIC_EXCHANGE
COMPLEX_STATIC_EXCHANGE
Perform a CBF static-exchange calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform a static exchange calculation
FALSE
Do not perform a static exchange calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if a static-exchange calculation is desired.
COMPLEX_TARGET
COMPLEX_TARGET
Specify the orbital index to be occupied for a temporary anion
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Orbital index (starting at zero) for the additional electron
RECOMMENDATION:
should always be greater than .
EMBEDDING_EARLY_STOP
EMBEDDING_EARLY_STOP
Terminate the embedding calculation once the system partition is done (skip the embedded SCF)
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Terminate the embedding calculation once the system partition is done (skip the embedded SCF)
FALSE
Doing a normal embedding calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
Turn it on for environment ESP/E-field calculations (see Section 10.6)
NOCIS
NOCIS
Run a NOCIS calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
False
Do not run a NOCIS calculation.
True
Run a NOCIS calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable must be set to true to run a NOCIS or a 1C-NOCIS calculation.
NOCI_DETGEN
NOCI_DETGEN
Control how the multiple determinants for NOCI are created.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use only the initial reference determinants.
1
Generate CIS excitations from each reference determinant.
2
Generate all FCI excitations from each reference determinant.
3
Generate multiple determinants using SCF metadynamics, where is specified
using SCF_SAVEMINIMA = .
4
Generate all CAS excitations from each reference determinant, where the active orbitals
are specified using the $active_orbitals input section.
RECOMMENDATION:
By default, these multiple determinants are optimized at the SCF level before
running NOCI. This behavior can be turned off using by specifying
SKIP_SCFMAN = TRUE.
NOCI_NEIGVAL
NOCI_NEIGVAL
The number of NOCI eigenvalues to be printed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
Positive integer
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase this to print progressively higher NOCI energies.
NOCI_REFGEN
NOCI_REFGEN
Control how the initial reference determinants are created.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Generate initial reference determinant from a single SCF calculation.
1
Read (multiple) initial reference determinants from a previous calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
The specific reference determinants to be read from a previous calculation
can be indicated using SCF_READMINIMA.
NUM_REF
NUM_REF
Set the number of atoms (references) to be included in the excitation calculation
TYPE:
Integer
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Positive integer
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable determines the number of references for the calculation. As an example, for the oxygen K-edge in CO, the number of references would be would be 2 (two oxygen atoms), whereas for carbon it would be 1 (one carbon atom).
ONE_CENTER
ONE_CENTER
Run a 1C-NOCIS calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
False
Run a NOCIS calculation.
True
Run a 1C-NOCIS calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable must be set to true to run a 1C-NOCIS calculation, and NOCIS must be set to true as well.
ORB_OFFSET
ORB_OFFSET
Determine the starting orbital for a NOCIS/STEX/1C-NOCIS calculation
TYPE:
Integer
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Non-negative integer
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable determines the starting orbital for the calculation. As an example, for the oxygen K-edge in CO, the starting orbital would be 0, whereas for carbon it would be 2.
REL_X2C_FD_DISPLACEMENT
REL_X2C_FD_DISPLACEMENT
Controls finite difference step for calulating W
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100
OPTIONS:
Set finite difference step to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
REL_X2C
REL_X2C
Enables X2C scalar relativistic calculation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Perform a regular, non-relativistic SCF calculation
1
Perform a scalar relativistic X2C calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 1 if a scalar relativistic X2C calculation is desired.
SCF_EESCALE_ARG
SCF_EESCALE_ARG
Control the phase angle of the complex electron-electron scaling.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
meaning
OPTIONS:
corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
A complex phase angle of , meaning , is usually
sufficient to follow a solution safely past the Coulson-Fischer point
and onto its complex holomorphic counterpart.
SCF_EESCALE_MAG
SCF_EESCALE_MAG
Control the magnitude of the electron-electron scaling.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
meaning
OPTIONS:
corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
For holomorphic Hartree-Fock orbitals, only the magnitude of the input is used, while
for real Hartree-Fock orbitals, the input sign indicates the sign of .
SCF_HOLOMORPHIC
SCF_HOLOMORPHIC
Turn on the use of holomorphic Hartree-Fock orbitals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Holomorphic Hartree-Fock is turned off
TRUE
Holomorphic Hartree-Fock is turned on.
RECOMMENDATION:
If TRUE, holomorphic Hartree-Fock complex orbital coefficients will always be used.
If FALSE, but COMPLEX = TRUE, complex Hermitian orbitals will be used.
STEX
STEX
Run a STEX calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
False
Do not run a STEX calculation.
True
Run a STEX calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable must be set to true to run a STEX calculation. NOCIS cannot be set to true.
USE_LIBNLQ
USE_LIBNLQ
Turn on the use of LIBNLQ for calculating nonlocal correlation funcitonal.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
True
For VV10.
FALSE
For all other nonlocal funcitonals.
OPTIONS:
False
True
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default
USE_LIBNOCI
USE_LIBNOCI
Turn on the use of libnoci for running NOCI calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
False
Do not use libnoci (uses original Q-Chem implementation).
True
Use the libnoci implementation.
RECOMMENDATION:
The $rem variables detailed below are only available in libnoci.
EDA_COVP_THRESH
EDA_COVP_THRESH
Specifies the significance above which the COVPs will be saved
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
500
OPTIONS:
COVPs that contributes more than kJ/mol in energy decrease will be saved
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EDA_PCT_A
EDA_PCT_A
Perform perturbative CT analysis
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not perform perturbative CT analysis
1
Perform perturbative CT analysis
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 1 to perform perturbative CT analysis
EDA_POL_A
EDA_POL_A
Perform EDA for polarization process
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not perform EDA for polarization process
1
Perform EDA for polarization process
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 1 to perform EDA for polarization process
EDA_SAVE_COVP
EDA_SAVE_COVP
Save significant COVPs or not
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not save significant COVPs
1
Save significant COVPs
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 1 to save COVPs. Note REMs for plotting cube files need also be set
EDA_VCT_A
EDA_VCT_A
Perform non-perturbative CT analysis
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not perform non-perturbative CT analysis
1
Perform non-perturbative CT analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 1 to perform non-perturbative CT analysis
GEN_SCFMAN_EDA2
GEN_SCFMAN_EDA2
Perform ALMO-EDA calculations using the GEN_SCFMAN_EDA2 driver (differing from jobs with EDA2 0)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not use the new ALMO-EDA framework
1
Use the new ALMO-EDA framework
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 1 to perform non-perturbative CT analysis
PLOT_ALMO_FRZ
PLOT_ALMO_FRZ
Plot ALMOs at the frozen stage of EDA2 calculations
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not plot frozen ALMOs
TRUE
Plot frozen ALMOs
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PLOT_ALMO_POL
PLOT_ALMO_POL
Plot ALMOs after the polarization calculation
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not plot polarized ALMOs
TRUE
Plot polarized ALMOs
RECOMMENDATION:
None
FDIFF_STEPSIZE
FDIFF_STEPSIZE
Displacement used for calculating derivatives by finite difference.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
Corresponding to a.u.
OPTIONS:
Use a step size of times the default value.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless problems arise.
RESPONSE_POLAR
RESPONSE_POLAR
Control the use of analytic or numerical polarizabilities.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 or 1
= 0 for HF or DFT, 1 for all other methods
OPTIONS:
0
Perform an analytic polarizability calculation.
1
Perform a numeric polarizability calculation even when analytic 2nd derivatives are available.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ADC_CAP
ADC_CAP
Controls the type of CAP/ADC calculation to be performed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform a CAP/ADC calculation.
OPTIONS:
1
Perform a subspace-projected CAP/ADC calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 1 for the computation of CAP/ADC subspace projections.
ADC_CVS
ADC_CVS
Activates the use of the CVS approximation for the calculation of CVS-ADC
core-excited states.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Activates the CVS approximation.
FALSE
Do not compute core-excited states using the CVS approximation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE, if to obtain core-excited states for the simulation of
X-ray absorption spectra. In the case of TRUE, the $rem variable
CC_REST_OCC has to be defined as well.
ADC_C_C
ADC_C_C
Set the spin-opposite scaling parameter for the ADC(2) calculation.
The parameter value is obtained by multiplying the given integer by .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1170
Optimized value for ADC(2)-s or
1000
for ADC(2)-x
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
ADC_C_T
ADC_C_T
Set the spin-opposite scaling parameter for an SOS-ADC(2) calculation.
The parameter value is obtained by multiplying the given integer by .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1300
Optimized value .
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
ADC_C_X
ADC_C_X
Set the spin-opposite scaling parameter for the ADC(2)-x calculation.
The parameter value is obtained by multiplying the given integer by .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1300
Optimized value for ADC(2)-x.
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
ADC_DAVIDSON_CONV
ADC_DAVIDSON_CONV
Controls the convergence criterion of the Davidson procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Corresponding to
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless higher accuracy is required or convergence problems are encountered.
ADC_DAVIDSON_MAXITER
ADC_DAVIDSON_MAXITER
Controls the maximum number of iterations of the Davidson procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
60
OPTIONS:
Number of iterations
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless convergence problems are encountered.
ADC_DAVIDSON_MAXSUBSPACE
ADC_DAVIDSON_MAXSUBSPACE
Controls the maximum subspace size for the Davidson procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
the number of excited states to be calculated.
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Should be at least 2–4 the number of excited states to calculate. The
larger the value the more disk space is required.
ADC_DAVIDSON_THRESH
ADC_DAVIDSON_THRESH
Controls the threshold for the norm of expansion vectors to be added
during the Davidson procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Twice the value of ADC_DAVIDSON_CONV, but at maximum .
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless convergence problems are encountered. The threshold
value should always be smaller than the convergence criterion
ADC_DAVIDSON_CONV.
ADC_DENSITY_MAXITER
ADC_DENSITY_MAXITER
When setting ADC_DENSITY_ORDER = 4, this keyword controls the maximum number
of DIIS iterations carried out in the procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default value.
ADC_DENSITY_ORDER
ADC_DENSITY_ORDER
Controls the order of the ground state density used for the computation of
third-order ADC matrix elements (non-CVS methods only).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
Use strict third-order ADC(3) schemes.
OPTIONS:
3
Use a third-order ground state density computed from the IP-ADC(3)
effective transition moments and the corresponding
fourth order static self-energy according to the scheme
4
Use an improved third-order ground state density and the corresponding
improved fourth-order static self-energy computed according to the
self-consistent procedure
RECOMMENDATION:
In case of IP-ADC(3) calculations, employing the scheme
provides more accurate ionization potentials and ionized state dipole
moments.
ADC_DIIS_ECONV
ADC_DIIS_ECONV
Controls the convergence criterion for the excited state energy during DIIS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
Corresponding to
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ADC_DIIS_MAXITER
ADC_DIIS_MAXITER
Controls the maximum number of DIIS iterations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase in case of slow convergence.
ADC_DIIS_RCONV
ADC_DIIS_RCONV
Convergence criterion for the residual vector norm of the excited state during DIIS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
Corresponding to
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ADC_DIIS_SIZE
ADC_DIIS_SIZE
Controls the size of the DIIS subspace.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
7
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ADC_DIIS_START
ADC_DIIS_START
Controls the iteration step at which DIIS is turned on.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to a large number to switch off DIIS steps.
ADC_DIRECT
ADC_DIRECT
For third-order ADC methods, this keyword controls if some large intermediate tensor
contractions should be carried out in advance and the result saved in memory for later use
or if these quantities should be evaluated directly whenever they are encountered.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Directly evaluate some -scaling tensor contractions. This will reduce the memory
requirement by 10 %.
FALSE
Precompute all possible -scaling intermediates. This will speed up ADC(3)
calculations considerably (by a factor of 3 in case of ADC(3) for
-electron excitations and somewhat less for IP- and EA-ADC(3)).
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default value unless memory is the bottleneck.
ADC_DO_DIIS
ADC_DO_DIIS
Activates the use of the DIIS algorithm for the calculation of ADC(2) excited states.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use DIIS algorithm.
FALSE
Do diagonalization using Davidson algorithm.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
ADC_DO_DYSON
ADC_DO_DYSON
Controls if Dyson orbitals are output in case of IP- and EA-ADC calculations. This
keyword only takes effect when used together with STATE_ANALYSIS = TRUE.
See Section. 10.2.9 for further details.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Output Dyson orbitals as cube files.
FALSE
Do not output Dyson orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if visualization of ionization/electron-attachment processes is
desired.
ADC_NGUESS_DOUBLES
ADC_NGUESS_DOUBLES
Controls the number of excited state guess vectors which are double excitations,
two-hole-one-particle ionizations and one-hole-two-particle electron-attachments in case
of ADC, IP-ADC and EA-ADC, respectively.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
ADC_NGUESS_SINGLES
ADC_NGUESS_SINGLES
Controls the number of excited state guess vectors which are single excitations, one-hole
ionizations and one-particle electron-attachments in case of ADC, IP-ADC and EA-ADC,
respectively. If the
number of requested excited states exceeds the total number of guess vectors (singles and
doubles), this parameter is automatically adjusted, so that the number of guess vectors
matches the number of requested excited states.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Equals to the number of excited states requested.
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase if there are convergence problems.
ADC_PRINT
ADC_PRINT
Controls the amount of printing during an ADC calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
Basic status information and results are printed.
OPTIONS:
0
Quiet: almost only results are printed.
1
Normal: basic status information and results are printed.
2
Debug: more status information, extended information on timings.
…
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
ADC_PROP_ES2ES
ADC_PROP_ES2ES
Controls the calculation of transition properties between excited, ionized or
electron-attached states (currently only transition dipole moments and oscillator strengths). For ADC for
-electron excitations, this keyword also controls
the computation of two-photon absorption cross-sections of excited states
using the sum-over-states expression.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculate state-to-state transition properties.
FALSE
Do not compute transition properties between excited, ionized or
electron-attached states.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE, if state-to-state properties (ADC, IP-ADC, EA-ADC) or sum-over-states two-photon
absorption cross-sections (only ADC) are required.
ADC_PROP_ES
ADC_PROP_ES
Controls the calculation of excited, ionized or electron-attached state properties
(currently only dipole moments and expectation values).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculate excited, ionized or electron-attached state properties.
FALSE
Do not compute state properties.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE, if properties are required.
ADC_PROP_TPA
ADC_PROP_TPA
Controls the calculation of two-photon absorption cross-sections of excited states using
matrix inversion techniques.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculate two-photon absorption cross-sections.
FALSE
Do not compute two-photon absorption cross-sections.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE, if to obtain two-photon absorption cross-sections.
ADC_STRICT_ISR
ADC_STRICT_ISR
Controls how second-order ground state contributions are treated in the calculation of
second- and third-order IP- and EA-ADC state properties using the second-order ISR
formalism.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Scale the second-order part of the ground state contribution to one-electron
properties of ionized/electron-attached states by the
one-hole/one-particle character of the respective states
as implied by the strict ISR derivation.
FALSE
Use the full second-order ground state contribution for each
ionized/electron-attached state property.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default value. Both options are, however, valid second-order treatments of
ionized/electron-attached state properties and should yield very similar results for
states with predominant one-hole/one-particle chaaracter.
ADD_CHARGED_CAGE
ADD_CHARGED_CAGE
Add a point charge cage of a given radius and total charge.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
No cage.
OPTIONS:
0
No cage.
1
Dodecahedral cage.
2
Spherical cage.
RECOMMENDATION:
Spherical cage is expected to yield more accurate results, especially for small radii.
ADIIS_INNER_CONV
ADIIS_INNER_CONV
Convergence criterion for the ADIIS inner loops (L-BFGS optimization of Eq. 4.43)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
12
OPTIONS:
Using 10 as the convergence criterion for the ADIIS inner loops
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default
AFSSH
AFSSH
Adds decoherence approximation to surface hopping calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Traditional surface hopping, no decoherence.
1
Use augmented fewest-switches surface hopping (AFSSH).
RECOMMENDATION:
AFSSH will increase the cost of the calculation, but may improve accuracy
for some systems. See Refs.
1158
J. Chem. Phys.
(2011),
134,
pp. 024105.
Link
,
1161
J. Phys. Chem. A
(2011),
114,
pp. 12083.
Link
,
657
J. Chem. Phys.
(2012),
137,
pp. 22A513.
Link
for more detail.
AIFDEM_CTSTATES
AIFDEM_CTSTATES
Include charge-transfer-like cation/anion pair states in the AIFDEM basis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Include CT states.
FALSE
Do not include CT states.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use if CT states are desired in the basis.
AIFDEM_EMBED_RANGE
AIFDEM_EMBED_RANGE
Specifies the size of the QM region for charge embedding
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
FULL_QM
OPTIONS:
FULL_QM
No charge embedding.
0
Treat only excited fragments with QM.
Range (in Å) from excited fragments within which to
treat other fragments with QM.
RECOMMENDATION:
The minimal threshold of zero typically
maintains accuracy while significantly reducing computational time.
AIFDEM_FRGM_READ
AIFDEM_FRGM_READ
Skips fragment SCF calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Skips fragment SCF calculations, only computation of matrix elements.
FALSE
Regular AIFDEM calculation as specified by other $rem variables.
RECOMMENDATION:
Requires a prior calculation that computes fragment SCF data.
AIFDEM_FRGM_WRITE
AIFDEM_FRGM_WRITE
Fragment SCF calculations only.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Only fragment SCF calculations are carried out, no computation of matrix elements.
FALSE
Regular AIFDEM calculation as specified by other $rem variables.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
AIFDEM_NTOTHRESH
AIFDEM_NTOTHRESH
Controls how many NTOs that are retained in the exciton-site basis states.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
99
OPTIONS:
Retain enough NTOs to recover % of the norm of the original CIS or TDDFT vectors in Eq. (12.68).
RECOMMENDATION:
A threshold of gives a good trade-off of computational time and accuracy for organic molecules.
AIFDEM_SEGEND
AIFDEM_SEGEND
Indicates the index of the last matrix element to be computed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
Last matrix element of thhe chunk to be computed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Needs to be used with AIFDEM_SEGSTART
AIFDEM_SEGSTART
AIFDEM_SEGSTART
Indicates the index of the first matrix element to be computed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
First matrix element of the chunk to be computed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Needs to be used with AIFDEM_SEGEND
AIFDEM_SINGFIS
AIFDEM_SINGFIS
Include multi-exciton states in the AIFDEM basis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Include multi-exciton states.
FALSE
Do not include multi-exciton states.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use if multi-exciton states are desired in the basis. This option requires the use of AIFDEM_SEGSTART and
AIFDEM_SEGEND in the $rem section.
AIFDEM
AIFDEM
Perform an AIFDEM calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform an AIFDEM calculation.
TRUE
Perform an AIFDEM calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
False
AIMD_FICT_MASS
AIMD_FICT_MASS
Specifies the value of the fictitious electronic mass , in atomic units,
where has dimensions of (energy)(time).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-specified
RECOMMENDATION:
Values in the range of 50–200 a.u. have been employed in test calculations;
consult Ref.
481
J. Chem. Phys.
(2004),
121,
pp. 11542.
Link
for examples and discussion.
AIMD_INIT_VELOC_NANO_RANDOM
AIMD_INIT_VELOC_NANO_RANDOM
Uses a more precise random seed for generating random initial velocities.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
Use a more precise random seed.
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use a less precise random seed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Leave this set to TRUE unless necessary.
This option determines the source of the random seed used for sampling random
initial velocities when AIMD_INIT_VELOC requires such.
Setting the option to FALSE will have the seed based on the system time in
seconds, meaning that two otherwise identical simulations starting in
the same second will produce identical initial velocities.
With the option set to TRUE, such collisions are virtually impossible.
The option is kept for legacy purposes. There should rarely ever be a need
to set it to FALSE.
AIMD_INIT_VELOC
AIMD_INIT_VELOC
Specifies the method for selecting initial nuclear velocities.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
THERMAL
Random sampling of nuclear velocities from a Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution. The user must specify the temperature in Kelvin via
the $rem variable AIMD_TEMP.
ZPE
Choose velocities in order to put zero-point vibrational energy into
each normal mode, with random signs. This option requires that a
frequency job to be run beforehand.
QUASICLASSICAL
Puts vibrational energy into each normal mode. In contrast to the
ZPE option, here the vibrational energies are sampled from a
Boltzmann distribution at the desired simulation temperature. This
also triggers several other options, as described below.
OLD
Use the same initial velocities as the immediately preceding AIMD job.
RESTART
Use the final velocities from a previous AIMD job,
reading them from disk.
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable need only be specified in the event that velocities are not
specified explicitly in a $velocity section.
AIMD_LANGEVIN_TIMESCALE
AIMD_LANGEVIN_TIMESCALE
Sets the timescale (strength) of the Langevin thermostat
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
none
OPTIONS:
Thermostat timescale,asn fs
RECOMMENDATION:
Smaller values (roughly 100) equate to tighter thermostats but may inhibit
rapid sampling. Larger values () allow for more rapid sampling but
may take longer to reach thermal equilibrium.
AIMD_METHOD
AIMD_METHOD
Selects an ab initio molecular dynamics algorithm.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
BOMD
OPTIONS:
BOMD
Born-Oppenheimer molecular dynamics.
CURVY
Curvy-steps Extended Lagrangian molecular dynamics.
RECOMMENDATION:
BOMD yields exact classical molecular dynamics, provided that the energy is
tolerably conserved. ELMD is an approximation to exact classical dynamics whose
validity should be tested for the properties of interest.
AIMD_MOMENTS
AIMD_MOMENTS
Requests that multipole moments be output at each time step.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not output multipole moments.
OPTIONS:
Output the first multipole moments.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
AIMD_NUCL_DACF_POINTS
AIMD_NUCL_DACF_POINTS
Number of time points to use in the dipole auto-correlation function for an AIMD trajectory
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not compute dipole auto-correlation function.
Compute dipole auto-correlation function for last
timesteps of the trajectory.
RECOMMENDATION:
If the DACF is desired, set equal to AIMD_STEPS.
AIMD_NUCL_SAMPLE_RATE
AIMD_NUCL_SAMPLE_RATE
The rate at which sampling is performed for the velocity and/or dipole
auto-correlation function(s). Specified as a multiple of steps; i.e.,
sampling every step is 1.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
Update the velocity/dipole auto-correlation function
every steps.
RECOMMENDATION:
Since the velocity and dipole moment are routinely calculated for ab initio methods,
this variable should almost always be set to 1 when the VACF/DACF are desired.
AIMD_NUCL_VACF_POINTS
AIMD_NUCL_VACF_POINTS
Number of time points to use in the velocity auto-correlation function for
an AIMD trajectory
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not compute velocity auto-correlation function.
Compute velocity auto-correlation function for last
time steps of the trajectory.
RECOMMENDATION:
If the VACF is desired, set equal to AIMD_STEPS.
AIMD_QCT_INITPOS
AIMD_QCT_INITPOS
Chooses the initial geometry in a QCT-MD simulation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Use the equilibrium geometry.
Picks a random geometry according to the harmonic vibrational wave function.
Generates random geometries sampled from
the harmonic vibrational wave function.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
AIMD_QCT_WHICH_TRAJECTORY
AIMD_QCT_WHICH_TRAJECTORY
Picks a set of vibrational quantum numbers from a random distribution.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
Picks the th set of random initial velocities.
Uses an average over random initial velocities.
RECOMMENDATION:
Pick a positive number if you want the initial velocities to correspond
to a particular set of vibrational occupation numbers and choose a
different number for each of your trajectories. If initial velocities
are desired that corresponds to an average over trajectories, pick a
negative number.
AIMD_SHORT_TIME_STEP
AIMD_SHORT_TIME_STEP
Specifies a shorter electronic time step for FSSH calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
TIME_STEP
OPTIONS:
Specify an electronic time step duration of /AIMD_TIME_STEP_CONVERSION
a.u. If is less than the nuclear time step variable TIME_STEP, the
electronic wave function will be integrated multiple times per nuclear time step,
using a linear interpolation of nuclear quantities such as the energy gradient and
derivative coupling. Note that must divide TIME_STEP evenly.
RECOMMENDATION:
Make AIMD_SHORT_TIME_STEP as large as possible while keeping the trace of
the density matrix close to unity during long simulations. Note that while specifying an
appropriate duration for the electronic time step is essential for maintaining accurate
wave function time evolution, the electronic-only time steps employ linear interpolation
to estimate important quantities. Consequently, a short electronic time step is not a
substitute for a reasonable nuclear time step.
AIMD_STEPS
AIMD_STEPS
Specifies the requested number of molecular dynamics steps.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
User-specified.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
AIMD_TEMP
AIMD_TEMP
Specifies a temperature (in Kelvin) for Maxwell-Boltzmann velocity sampling.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-specified number of Kelvin.
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable is only useful in conjunction with AIMD_INIT_VELOC =
THERMAL. Note that the simulations are run at constant energy, rather than
constant temperature, so the mean nuclear kinetic energy will fluctuate in the
course of the simulation.
AIMD_THERMOSTAT
AIMD_THERMOSTAT
Applies thermostatting to AIMD trajectories.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
none
OPTIONS:
LANGEVIN
Stochastic, white-noise Langevin thermostat
NOSE_HOOVER
Time-reversible, Nosé-Hoovery chain thermostat
RECOMMENDATION:
Use either thermostat for sampling the canonical (NVT) ensemble.
AIMD_TIME_STEP_CONVERSION
AIMD_TIME_STEP_CONVERSION
Modifies the molecular dynamics time step to increase granularity.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
The molecular dynamics time step is TIME_STEP/ a.u.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
AIRBED_ALPHA
AIRBED_ALPHA
Sets the value of .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to =
RECOMMENDATION:
0 or -1200 for hBN surface
AIRBED
AIRBED
Perform an AIRBED calculation.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Perform an AIRBED calculation.
False
Don’t perform an AIRBED calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set the $rem variable DFT_D to EMPIRICAL_GRIMME.
ALMOCIS_FRAGOV
ALMOCIS_FRAGOV
Doing ALMO-CIS/TDA calculations with transitions from occupied orbitals on the 1st
fragment and virtuals in the full system
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Doing standard ALMO-CIS/TDA calculations (if LOCAL_CIS )
1
Reading user-specified active fragment O-V pairs from the $frag_ov_pairs section
2
Excitations on the first fragment only
3
Excitations from the occupied orbitals on the first fragment to all virtuals in the system
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ANHAR_SEL
ANHAR_SEL
Select a subset of normal modes for subsequent anharmonic frequency analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Use all normal modes
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Select subset of normal modes
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ANHAR
ANHAR
Performing various nuclear vibrational theory (TOSH, VPT2, VCI) calculations
to obtain vibrational anharmonic frequencies.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Carry out the anharmonic frequency calculation.
FALSE
Do harmonic frequency calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Since this calculation involves the third and fourth derivatives at the
minimum of the potential energy surface, it is recommended that the
GEOM_OPT_TOL_DISPLACEMENT, GEOM_OPT_TOL_GRADIENT and
GEOM_OPT_TOL_ENERGY tolerances are set tighter. Note that VPT2
calculations may fail if the system involves accidental degenerate resonances.
See the VCI $rem variable for more details about increasing the
accuracy of anharmonic calculations.
ANTIBOND
ANTIBOND
Triggers Antibond subroutine to generate antibonding orbitals after a converged SCF
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Does not localize the virtual space.
1
Localizes the virtual space, one antibonding for every bond.
2,3
Fill the virtual space with antibonding orbitals-like guesses.
4
Does Frozen Natural Orbitals and leaves them on scratch for future jobs or visualization.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ARI_R0
ARI_R0
Determines the value of the inner fitting radius (in Ångstroms)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
A value of 4 Å will be added to the atomic van der Waals radius.
OPTIONS:
User defined radius.
RECOMMENDATION:
For some systems the default value may be too small and the calculation will become unstable.
ARI_R1
ARI_R1
Determines the value of the outer fitting radius (in Ångstroms)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
A value of 5 Å will be added to the atomic van der Waals radius.
OPTIONS:
User defined radius.
RECOMMENDATION:
For some systems the default value may be too small and the calculation will become unstable. This value also determines, in part, the smoothness of the potential energy surface.
ARI
ARI
Toggles the use of the atomic resolution-of-the-identity (ARI) approximation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
ARI will not be used by default for an RI-JK calculation.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Turn on ARI.
RECOMMENDATION:
For large (especially 1D and 2D) molecules the approximation may yield significant improvements in Fock evaluation time.
ASCI_CDETS
ASCI_CDETS
Specifies the number of determinants to search over during ASCI wavefunction growth steps.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
-5
OPTIONS:
search from the top determinants
search from the top determinants whose cumulative weight in the wavefunction corresponds to
RECOMMENDATION:
Using a dynamically determined value () gives better results.
ASCI_DAVIDSON_GUESS
ASCI_DAVIDSON_GUESS
Specifies the truncated CI guess used for ASCI’s Davidson solver.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
Order of the truncated CI to solve explicitly ASCI Davidson guess.
RECOMMENDATION:
Accurate excited states and rapid convergence of the ground state benefit from a good zero-order guess for the low energy spectrum. The default is often sufficient.
ASCI_DIAG
ASCI_DIAG
Specifies the diagonalization procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
1
Davidson solver
2
Eigen sparse matrix solver
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 2 for best trade-off of speed and memory usage. If memory usage becomes to great, switch to 1.
ASCI_NDETS
ASCI_NDETS
Specifies the number of determinants to include in the ASCI wavefunction.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
for a wavefunction with determinants
RECOMMENDATION:
Typical ASCI expansions range from 50,000 to 2,000,000 determinants depending on active space size, complexity of problem, and desired accuracy
ASCI_RESTART
ASCI_RESTART
Specifies whether to initialize the ASCI wavefunction with the wf_data file.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
read CI coefficients from the wf_data file
FALSE
do not read the CI coefficients from disk
RECOMMENDATION:
ASCI_SKIP_PT2
ASCI_SKIP_PT2
Specifies whether ASCI PT2 correction should be calculated.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
compute ASCI PT2 contribution
TRUE
do not compute ASCI PT2 contribution
RECOMMENDATION:
The PT2 correction is essential to obtaining converged ASCI energies.
ASCI_SPIN_PURIFY
ASCI_SPIN_PURIFY
Indicates whether or not the ASCI wavefunction should be augmented with missing
determinants to ensure a spin-pure state.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
augment the wavefunction with determinants to ensure a spin eigenstate
FALSE
do not augment the wavefunction
RECOMMENDATION:
ASCI_USE_NAT_ORBS
ASCI_USE_NAT_ORBS
Specifies whether rotation to a natural orbital basis should be carried out between growth steps.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
rotate to a natural orbital basis between growth wavefunction growth steps
FALSE
do not rotate to a natural orbital basis
RECOMMENDATION:
Natural orbital rotations significantly improve the compactness and therefore accuracy of the ASCI wavefunction.
AUX_BASIS_CORR
AUX_BASIS_CORR
Sets the auxiliary basis set for RI-MP2 to be used or invokes RI-MP2 in case of double-hybrid DFT or MP2
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default auxiliary basis set
OPTIONS:
General, Gen
User-defined. As for BASIS
Symbol
Use standard auxiliary basis sets as in the table below
Mixed
Use a combination of different basis sets
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult literature and Basis Set Exchange to aid your selection.
AUX_BASIS_J
AUX_BASIS_J
Sets the auxiliary basis set for RI-J to be used or invokes RI-J
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default auxiliary basis set
OPTIONS:
General, Gen
User-defined. As for BASIS
Symbol
Use standard auxiliary basis sets as in the table below
Mixed
Use a combination of different basis sets
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult literature and Basis Set Exchange to aid your selection.
AUX_BASIS_K
AUX_BASIS_K
Sets the auxiliary basis set for RI-K or occ-RI-K to be used or invokes occ-RI-K
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default auxiliary basis set
OPTIONS:
General, Gen
User-defined. As for BASIS
Symbol
Use standard auxiliary basis sets as in the table below
Mixed
Use a combination of different basis sets
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult literature and Basis Set Exchange to aid your selection.
AUX_BASIS
AUX_BASIS
Sets the auxiliary basis set to be used
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default auxiliary basis set
OPTIONS:
General, Gen
User-defined. As for BASIS
Symbol
Use standard auxiliary basis sets as in the table below
Mixed
Use a combination of different basis sets
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult literature and Basis Set Exchange to aid your selection.
BASIS2
BASIS2
Defines the (small) second basis set.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default for the second basis set.
OPTIONS:
Symbol
Use standard basis sets as for BASIS.
BASIS2_GEN
General BASIS2
BASIS2_MIXED
Mixed BASIS2
RECOMMENDATION:
BASIS2 should be smaller than BASIS. There is little advantage to using
a basis larger than a minimal basis when BASIS2 is used for initial guess purposes.
Larger, standardized BASIS2 options are available for dual-basis calculations
as discussed in Section 4.7 and summarized in Table 4.2.
BASISPROJTYPE
BASISPROJTYPE
Determines which method to use when projecting the density matrix of
BASIS2
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
FOPPROJECTION (when DUAL_BASIS_ENERGY=false)
OVPROJECTION (when DUAL_BASIS_ENERGY=true)
OPTIONS:
FOPPROJECTION
Construct the Fock matrix in the second basis
OVPROJECTION
Projects MOs from BASIS2 to BASIS.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
BASIS_LIN_DEP_THRESH
BASIS_LIN_DEP_THRESH
Sets the threshold for determining linear dependence in the basis set
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
Corresponding to a threshold of
OPTIONS:
Sets the threshold to
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 5 or smaller if you have a poorly behaved SCF and you suspect linear
dependence in you basis set. Lower values (larger thresholds) may affect the
accuracy of the calculation.
BASIS
BASIS
Sets the basis set to be used
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default basis set
OPTIONS:
General, Gen
User-defined. See section below
Symbol
Use standard basis sets as in the table below
Mixed
Use a combination of different basis sets
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult literature and reviews to aid your selection.
BECKE_SHIFT
BECKE_SHIFT
Controls atomic cell shifting in determination of Becke weights.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
BRAGG_SLATER
OPTIONS:
UNSHIFTED
Use Becke weighting without atomic size corrections,
based on bond midpoints.
BRAGG_SLATER
Use the empirical radii introduced by Bragg and Slater.
UNIVERSAL_DENSITY
Use the ab initio radii introduced by Pacios.
RECOMMENDATION:
If interested in the partitioning of the default atomic quadrature, use UNSHIFTED.
If using for physical interpretation, choose BRAGG_SLATER or UNIVERSAL_DENSITY.
All cDFT calculations and calculations where POP_BECKE = TRUE
will default to BRAGG_SLATER radii, otherwise the default grid is UNSHIFTED.
BONDED_EDA
BONDED_EDA
Use the bonded ALMO-EDA.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not perform bonded ALMO-EDA.
1
Perform ALMO-EDA with non-orthogonal CI.
2
Perform ALMO-EDA with spin-projected formalism.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 2 for all cases where the supersystem is closed shell, only use
1 for cases where the fragments have more than one unpaired spin each.
BOYSCALC
BOYSCALC
Specifies how Boys localized orbitals are to be calculated
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not perform any Boys localization.
1
Localize core and valence together.
2
Do separate localizations on core and valence.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
BOYS_CIS_NUMSTATE
BOYS_CIS_NUMSTATE
Define how many states to mix with Boys localized diabatization. These states must be specified
in the $localized_diabatization section.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform Boys localized diabatization.
OPTIONS:
2 to N where N is the number of CIS states requested (CIS_N_ROOTS)
RECOMMENDATION:
It is usually not wise to mix adiabatic states that are separated by more than a few eV
or a typical reorganization energy in solvent.
CAGE_CHARGE
CAGE_CHARGE
Defines the total charge of the cage.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
400
Add a cage charged +4e.
OPTIONS:
Total charge of the cage is a.u.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CAGE_POINTS
CAGE_POINTS
Defines number of point charges for the spherical cage.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100
OPTIONS:
Number of point charges to use.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CAGE_RADIUS
CAGE_RADIUS
Defines radius of the charged cage.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
225
OPTIONS:
radius is Å.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CALC_NAC
CALC_NAC
Whether or not nonadiabatic couplings
will be calculated for the EOM-CC, CIS, and TDDFT wave functions.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (do not compute NAC)
OPTIONS:
1
NYI for EOM-CC
2
Compute NACs using Szalay’s approach (this what needs to be specified for EOM-CC).
RECOMMENDATION:
Additional response equations will be solved and gradients for all EOM states and
for summed states will be computed,
which increases the cost of calculations.
Request only when needed and do not ask for too many EOM states.
CALC_SOC
CALC_SOC
Whether or not the spin-orbit couplings between CC/EOM/ADC/CIS/TDDFT electronic states
will be calculated. In the CC/EOM-CC suite, by default the couplings are calculated between
the CCSD reference and the EOM-CCSD target states. In order to calculate
couplings between EOM states, CC_STATE_TO_OPT must specify
the initial EOM state. If NTO analysis is requested, analysis of spinless transition density matrices
will be performed and the spin-orbit integrals over NTO pairs will be printed.
TYPE:
INTEGER/LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE (no spin-orbit couplings will be calculated)
OPTIONS:
0/FALSE
(no spin-orbit couplings will be calculated)
1/TRUE
Activates SOC calculation. EOM-CC/EOM-MP2 only: spin-orbit couplings will be computed with the new code with L+/L- averaging
2
EOM-CC/EOM-MP2 only: spin-orbit couplings will be computed with the new code without L+/L- averaging
3
EOM-CC/EOM-MP2 only: spin-orbit couplings will be computed with the legacy code
4
One-electron spin-orbit couplings will be computed with effective nuclear charges (with L+/L- averaging
for EOM-CC/MP2)
RECOMMENDATION:
CCMAN2 supports several variants of SOC calculation for EOM-CC/EOM-MP2 methods.
One-electron and mean-field two-electron SOCs will be computed by default.
To enable full two-electron SOCs, two-particle EOM properties must be
turned on (see CC_EOM_PROP_TE).
CALC_SOC
CALC_SOC
Controls whether to calculate the SOC constants for EOM-CC, RAS-CI, ADC, CIS, TDDFT/TDA and TDDFT/RPA.
TYPE:
INTEGER/LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform the SOC calculation.
TRUE
Perform the SOC calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Although TRUE and FALSE values will work, EOM-CC code has more variants of SOC evaluations.
For details, consult with the EOM section. For TDDFT/CIS, one can use values 1, 2, and 4, as explained above.
CAP_AIMD_SWITCH
CAP_AIMD_SWITCH
Sets CAP_ETA to zero during a CAP-AIMD simulation when the real part of the last alpha occupied orbital’s energy is negative
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Set CAP_ETA to zero when the real part of the last alpha occupied orbital’s becomes negative.
FALSE
Keep user’s CAP_ETA constant throughout simulation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
CAP_X_END
CAP_X_END
Controls the upper onset limit for a series of CAP onsets, where the lower limit is given
by CAP_X. The parameter value in a.u. is
obtained by multiplying the given integer by . Currently only used
in ADC methods.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
CAP_X
Do not compute a series of CAP onsets but only use a single CAP with an
onset value of CAP_X.
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this keyword if CAP onset series are desired.
CAP_X_STEP
CAP_X_STEP
Controls the step size for a series of CAP onsets between CAP_X and
CAP_X_END. The parameter value in a.u. is
obtained by multiplying the given integer by . Currently only used
in ADC methods.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
500
corresponding to 0.5 a.u.
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAP_X
CAP_X
For ADC methods, in combination with a smoothed Voronoi-CAP
(CAP_TYPE = 2) or a spherical CAP (CAP_TYPE = 0),
this keyword controls the lower limit for a series of CAP onsets,
where the upper limit is given by CAP_X_END. The parameter value in a.u. is
obtained by multiplying the given integer by . In this case, the onset value defines the
region around the molecule with zero CAP strength. In combination with a
cuboid CAP (CAP_TYPE = 1) or in general for other electronic
structure methods (see 7.10.9 for further details), this keyword
controls the CAP onset in direction.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Usually, values of 2000 to 4000 (corresponding to onset values between 2.0 and 4.0 a.u.)
give reasonable results.
CAS_DAVIDSON_MAXVECTORS
CAS_DAVIDSON_MAXVECTORS
Specifies the maximum number of vectors to augment the Davidson search space in CAS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
sets the maximum Davidson subspace size to +CAS_N_ROOTS
RECOMMENDATION:
The default should be suitable in most cases
CAS_DAVIDSON_TOL
CAS_DAVIDSON_TOL
Specifies the tolerance for the Davidson solver used in CAS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
The default should be suitable in most cases
CAS_DO_1X
CAS_DO_1X
Do perturbative hole (h) and particle (p) correction?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do perturbative hole (h) and particle (p) correction
FALSE
Do not do perturbative hole (h) and particle (p) correction
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_DO_2x
CAS_DO_2x
Do perturbative 2x (h,p,hp,hh,pp) correction?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do perturbative 2x correction
FALSE
Do not do perturbative 2x correction
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_DO_3x
CAS_DO_3x
Do perturbative 3x (h,p,hp,hh,pp,hhp,hpp) correction?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do perturbative 3x correction
FALSE
Do not do perturbative 3x correction
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_DO_DOUBLES
CAS_DO_DOUBLES
Do perturbative (h,p,hp,hh,pp,hhp,hpp) correction + MP2 RAS1 RAS3 doubles?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do perturbative (h,p,hp,hh,pp,hhp,hpp) + MP2 RAS1 RAS3 doubles correction
FALSE
Do not do the correction
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_DO_NDPT
CAS_DO_NDPT
Do non-degenerate perturbation theory?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do non-degenerate perturbation theory.
FALSE
Do not use non-degenerate perturbation theory.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_DO_SINGLES
CAS_DO_SINGLES
Do perturbative singles (h,p,hp) correction?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do perturbative singles correction
FALSE
Do not do perturbative singles correction
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_LEVEL_SHIFT
CAS_LEVEL_SHIFT
Use a denominator level-shift?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use the denominator level-shift
FALSE
Do not use the denominator level-shift
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_LOCAL_ALGO
CAS_LOCAL_ALGO
Passed into localizer. Set to 1 if doing Boys localization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
No localization
Boys localization
Pipek-Mezey localization
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_LOCAL
CAS_LOCAL
Determines whether to do localization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
No localization
Boys localization
Pipek-Mezey localization
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_METHOD
CAS_METHOD
Indicates whether orbital optimization is requested.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Not running a CAS calculation
1
CAS-CI (no orbital optimization)
2
CASSCF (orbital optimization)
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 2 for best accuracy, but such computations may become infeasible
for large active spaces.
CAS_M_S
CAS_M_S
The number of unpaired electrons desired in the CAS wavefunction.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
for a wavefunction with unpaired electrons
RECOMMENDATION:
CAS_N_ELEC
CAS_N_ELEC
Specifies the number of active electrons.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
include electrons in the active space
-1
include all electrons in the active space
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the smallest active space possible for the given system.
CAS_N_ORB
CAS_N_ORB
Specifies the number of active orbitals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
include orbitals in the active space
-1
include all orbitals in the active space
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the smallest active space possible for the given system.
CAS_N_ROOTS
CAS_N_ROOTS
Specifies the number of electronic states to determine.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
solve for roots of the Hamiltonian
RECOMMENDATION:
CAS_QDPT_ORDER
CAS_QDPT_ORDER
Order of terms kept in the quasi-degenerate perturbation theory denominator expansion.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
Keep terms of order in the denominator expansion.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CAS_SAVE_NAT_ORBS
CAS_SAVE_NAT_ORBS
Save the CAS natural orbitals in place of the reference orbitals.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
overwrite the reference orbitals with CAS natural orbitals
FALSE
do not save the CAS natural orbitals
RECOMMENDATION:
CAS_SOLVER
CAS_SOLVER
Specifies the solver to be used for the active space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
CAS-CI/CASSCF
2
ASCI (see Section 6.21)
3
Truncated CI (CIS, CISD, CISDT, etc.)
RECOMMENDATION:
CAS_SPARSE
CAS_SPARSE
Use a sparse matrix multiply when forming the effective Hamiltonian?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use sparse matrix multiply in forming effective Hamiltonian
FALSE
Do not use sparse matrix multiply in forming effective Hamiltonian
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Can be useful for larger numbers of spin-flips.
CAS_THRESH
CAS_THRESH
Specifies the threshold for matrix elements to be included in the CAS Hamiltonian.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
12
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
CAS_USE_RI
CAS_USE_RI
Indicates whether the resolution of the identity approximation should be used.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Compute 2-electron integrals analytically
TRUE
Use the RI approximation for 2-electron integrals
RECOMMENDATION:
Analytic integrals are more accurate, RI integrals are faster
CCVB_GUESS
CCVB_GUESS
Specifies the initial guess for CCVB calculations
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
1
Standard GVBMAN guess (orbital localization via GVB_LOCAL + Sano procedure).
2
Use orbitals from previous GVBMAN calculation, along with SCF_GUESS = READ.
3
Convert UHF orbitals into pairing VB form.
RECOMMENDATION:
Option 1 is the most useful overall. The success of GVBMAN methods is often
dependent on localized orbitals, and this guess shoots for these. Option 2 is
useful for comparing results to other GVBMAN methods, or if other GVBMAN
methods are able to obtain a desired result more efficiently. Option 3 can be
useful for bond-breaking situations when a pertinent UHF solution has been
found. It works best for small systems, or if the unrestriction is a local
phenomenon within a larger molecule. If the unrestriction is non-local and the
system is large, this guess will often produce a solution that is not the
global minimum. Any UHF solution has a certain number of pairs that are
unrestricted, and this will be output by the program. If GVB_N_PAIRS
exceeds this number, the standard GVBMAN initial-guess procedure will be used
to obtain a guess for the excess pairs
CCVB_METHOD
CCVB_METHOD
Optionally modifies the basic CCVB method
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Standard CCVB model
3
Independent electron pair approximation (IEPA) to CCVB
4
Variational PP (the CCVB reference energy)
RECOMMENDATION:
Option 1 is generally recommended. Option 4 is useful for preconditioning, and
for obtaining localized-orbital solutions, which may be used in subsequent
calculations. It is also useful for cases in which the regular GVBMAN PP code
becomes variationally unstable. Option 3 is a simple independent-amplitude
approximation to CCVB. It avoids the cubic-scaling amplitude equations of CCVB,
and also is able to reach the correct dissociation energy for any molecular
system (unlike regular CCVB which does so only for cases in which UHF can reach
a correct dissociate limit). However the IEPA approximation to CCVB is
sometimes variationally unstable, which we have yet to observe in regular
CCVB.
CC_1HPOL
CC_1HPOL
Specifies the approach for calculating the first hyperpolarizability of the CCSD wave function.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
(CCSD first hyperpolarizability will not be calculated)
OPTIONS:
1
(damped-response expectation-value approach with only first-order response wave functions)
3
(damped-response expectation-value approach with second-order response density matrices for wave-function and natural orbital analyses)
RECOMMENDATION:
CCSD first hyperpolarizabilities are expensive since they require solving a huge number of first- and second-order response equations.
Do no request this property unless you need it.
CC_BACKEND
CC_BACKEND
Used to specify the computational back-end of CCMAN2.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
VM
Default shared-memory disk-based back-end
OPTIONS:
XM
libxm shared-memory disk-based back-end
INCORE
in-core memory back-end
RECOMMENDATION:
Use XM for large jobs with limited memory or when the performance of the
default disk-based back-end is not satisfactory, INCORE for small jobs that
fit in main memory.
CC_CANONIZE_FINAL
CC_CANONIZE_FINAL
Whether to semi-canonicalize orbitals at the end of the ground state
calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
unless required
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Should not normally have to be altered.
CC_CANONIZE_FREQ
CC_CANONIZE_FREQ
The orbitals will be semi-canonicalized every theta resets. The thetas
(orbital rotation angles) are reset every CC_RESET_THETA
iterations. The counting of iterations differs for active space (VOD, VQCCD)
calculations, where the orbitals are always canonicalized at the first
theta-reset.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
Smaller values can be tried in cases that do not converge.
CC_CANONIZE
CC_CANONIZE
Whether to semi-canonicalize orbitals at the start of the calculation (i.e.
Fock matrix is diagonalized in each orbital subspace)
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Should not normally have to be altered.
CC_CONVERGENCE
CC_CONVERGENCE
Overall convergence criterion for the coupled-cluster codes. This is designed
to ensure at least significant digits in the calculated energy, and
automatically sets the other convergence-related variables
(CC_E_CONV, CC_T_CONV, CC_THETA_CONV,
CC_THETA_GRAD_CONV) [].
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
Energies.
7
Gradients.
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to convergence criterion. Amplitude convergence is set
automatically to match energy convergence.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default
CC_DIIS12_SWITCH
CC_DIIS12_SWITCH
When to switch from DIIS2 to DIIS1 procedure, or when DIIS2 procedure is
required to generate DIIS guesses less frequently. Total value of DIIS error
vector must be less than , where is the value of this option.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_DIIS_FREQ
CC_DIIS_FREQ
DIIS extrapolation will be attempted every n iterations. However, DIIS2 will
be attempted every iteration while total error vector exceeds
CC_DIIS12_SWITCH. DIIS1 cannot generate guesses more frequently than
every 2 iterations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_DIIS_MAX_OVERLAP
CC_DIIS_MAX_OVERLAP
DIIS extrapolations will not begin until square root of the maximum element of
the error overlap matrix drops below this value.
TYPE:
DOUBLE
DEFAULT:
100
Corresponding to 1.0
OPTIONS:
Integer code is mapped to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_DIIS_MIN_OVERLAP
CC_DIIS_MIN_OVERLAP
The DIIS procedure will be halted when the square root of smallest element of
the error overlap matrix is less than , where is the value of this
option. Small values of the B matrix mean it will become near-singular, making
the DIIS equations difficult to solve.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
11
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_DIIS_SIZE
CC_DIIS_SIZE
Specifies the maximum size of the DIIS space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
7
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
Larger values involve larger amounts of disk storage.
CC_DIIS_START
CC_DIIS_START
Iteration number when DIIS is turned on. Set to a large number to disable
DIIS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Occasionally DIIS can cause optimized orbital coupled-cluster calculations to
diverge through large orbital changes. If this is seen, DIIS should be
disabled.
CC_DIIS
CC_DIIS
Specify the version of Pulay’s Direct Inversion of the Iterative Subspace
(DIIS) convergence accelerator to be used in the coupled-cluster code.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Activates procedure 2 initially, and procedure 1 when gradients are smaller
than DIIS12_SWITCH.
1
Uses error vectors defined as differences between parameter vectors from
successive iterations. Most efficient near convergence.
2
Error vectors are defined as gradients scaled by square root of the
approximate diagonal Hessian. Most efficient far from convergence.
RECOMMENDATION:
DIIS1 can be more stable. If DIIS problems are encountered in the early stages
of a calculation (when gradients are large) try DIIS1.
CC_DIRECT_RI
CC_DIRECT_RI
Controls use of RI and Cholesky integrals in conventional (undecomposed) form
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
use all integrals in decomposed format
TRUE
transform all RI or Cholesky integral back to conventional format
RECOMMENDATION:
By default all integrals are used in decomposed format allowing significant
reduction of memory use. If all integrals are transformed back (TRUE option) no
memory reduction is achieved and decomposition error is introduced, however,
the integral transformation is performed significantly faster and conventional
CC/EOM algorithms are used.
CC_DOV_THRESH
CC_DOV_THRESH
Specifies minimum allowed values for the coupled-cluster energy denominators.
Smaller values are replaced by this constant during early iterations only, so
the final results are unaffected, but initial convergence is improved when the
HOMO-LUMO gap is small or when non-conventional references are used.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Integer code is mapped to , e.g.,
corresponds to 0.025, corresponds to 0.99, etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase to 0.25, 0.5 or 0.75 for non convergent coupled-cluster calculations.
CC_DO_DYSON_EE
CC_DO_DYSON_EE
Whether excited-state or spin-flip state Dyson orbitals will be calculated for
EOM-IP/EA-CCSD calculations with CCMAN.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE (the option must be specified to run this calculation)
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
none
CC_DO_DYSON
CC_DO_DYSON
CCMAN2: starts all types of Dyson orbitals calculations. Desired type is
determined by requesting corresponding EOM-XX transitions
CCMAN: whether the reference-state Dyson orbitals will be calculated for
EOM-IP/EA-CCSD calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE (the option must be specified to run this calculation)
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
none
CC_DO_FESHBACH
CC_DO_FESHBACH
Activates calculation of resonance widths using Feshbach-Fano approach.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
do not invoke Feshbach-Fano calculation
1
invoke Feshbach-Fano calculation of the resonance width
2
invoke Feshbach-Fano calculation of the resonance width and resonance shift
RECOMMENDATION:
Initial and final states should be correctly specified.
CC_EOM_2PA_SINGLE_PREC
CC_EOM_2PA_SINGLE_PREC
Precision selection for 2PA response equations. Available in CCMAN2 only.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
double-precision calculation
OPTIONS:
1
single-precision calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
CC_EOM_2PA_XCONV
CC_EOM_2PA_XCONV
Convergence criterion for the response vectors (norm of the difference)
of the DIIS solver for damped response equations in 2PA and RIXS calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5 Corresponding to
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to convergence criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default in double precision. May reduce in single precision.
CC_EOM_2PA
CC_EOM_2PA
Whether or not the transition moments and cross-sections for two-photon
absorption will be calculated. By default, the
transition moments are calculated between the CCSD reference and the
EOM-CCSD target states. In order to calculate transition moments between
a set of EOM-CCSD states and another EOM-CCSD state, the
CC_STATE_TO_OPT must be specified for this state.
If 2PA NTO analysis is requested, the CC_EOM_2PA value is redundant
as long as CC_EOM_2PA .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (do not compute 2PA transition moments)
OPTIONS:
1
Compute 2PA using the fastest algorithm (use -intermediates for
canonical
and -intermediates for RI/CD response calculations).
2
Use -intermediates for 2PA response equation calculations.
3
Use -intermediates for 2PA response equation calculations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Additional response equations (6 for each target state) will be solved,
which increases the cost of calculations. The cost of 2PA
moments is about 10 times that of energy calculation.
Use the default algorithm.
Setting CC_EOM_2PA turns on CC_TRANS_PROP.
CC_EOM_ECD
CC_EOM_ECD
Whether or not the ECD transition moments will be calculated. By default, the
transition moments are calculated between the CCSD reference and the
EOM-CCSD target states. In order to calculate transition moments between
a set of EOM-CCSD states and another EOM-CCSD state, the
CC_STATE_TO_OPT must be specified for this state.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE (do not compute ECD transition moments)
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Compute ECD transition moments.
RECOMMENDATION:
Activate for chiral molecules only.
CC_EOM_PROP_TE
CC_EOM_PROP_TE
Request for calculation of non-relaxed two-particle EOM-CC properties. The
two-particle properties currently include . The one-particle
properties also will be calculated, since the additional cost of the
one-particle properties calculation is inferior compared to the cost of
. The variable CC_EOM_PROP must be also set to
TRUE. Alternatively, CC_CALC_SSQ can be used to
request calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
(no two-particle properties will be calculated)
OPTIONS:
FALSE, TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
The two-particle properties are computationally expensive since
they require calculation and use of the two-particle density matrix (the cost
is approximately the same as the cost of an analytic gradient calculation). Do
not request the two-particle properties unless you really need them.
CC_EOM_PROP
CC_EOM_PROP
Whether or not the non-relaxed (expectation value) one-particle EOM-CCSD
target state properties will be calculated. Available properties currently include
permanent dipole moment, angular momentum projections, the second moments
(, , and )
of the electron density along with
.
This option is incompatible with
JOBTYPE = FORCE, OPT, or FREQ.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE (no one-particle properties will be calculated)
OPTIONS:
FALSE, TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
Additional equations (EOM-CCSD equations for the left eigenvectors) need to be
solved for properties, approximately doubling the cost of calculation for each
irrep.
The cost of the one-particle properties calculation itself is low. The
one-particle density of an EOM-CCSD target state can be analyzed with NBO or
libwfa packages by specifying the state with CC_STATE_TO_OPT and
requesting NBO = TRUE and CC_EOM_PROP = TRUE.
CC_EOM_RIXS
CC_EOM_RIXS
Whether or not the RIXS scattering moments and cross-sections will be calculated.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
do not compute RIXS cross-sections
OPTIONS:
1
Perform RIXS within fc-CVS-EOM-EE-CCSD using the response wave functions of the CCSD reference state only
2
Perform RIXS within fc-CVS-EOM-EE-CCSD response theory along with the wave-function analysis of RIXS transition density matrices
11
Perform RIXS within the standard EOM-EE-CCSD using the response wave functions of the CCSD reference state only
12
Use -intermediates for RIXS response calculations within the standard EOM-EE-CCSD
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 1 to deploy fc-CVS-EOM-EE-CCSD with robust convergence
CC_ERASE_DP_INTEGRALS
CC_ERASE_DP_INTEGRALS
Controls storage of requisite objects computed with double precision in a single-precision calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
store
OPTIONS:
1
do not store
RECOMMENDATION:
Do not erase integrals if clean-up in double precision is intended.
CC_E_CONV
CC_E_CONV
Convergence desired on the change in total energy, between iterations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
convergence criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_FESHBACH_CW
CC_FESHBACH_CW
Activates Coulomb wave description of the ejected electron.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use plane wave
1
Use Coulomb wave
RECOMMENDATION:
Additional details need to be specified in $coulomb_wave section.
CC_FESHBACH_DELTA_INTB
CC_FESHBACH_DELTA_INTB
Specifies integration limits in calculation of energy shift in Feshbach-Fano calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Preset
OPTIONS:
corresponds to energy limit in eV
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
CC_FESHBACH_DELTA_INTC
CC_FESHBACH_DELTA_INTC
Specifies integration limits in calculation of energy shift in Feshbach-Fano calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Preset
OPTIONS:
corresponds to energy limit in eV
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
CC_FNO_THRESH
CC_FNO_THRESH
Initialize the FNO truncation and sets the threshold to be used for both
cutoffs (OCCT and POVO)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
range
0000-10000
Corresponding to %
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_FNO_USEPOP
CC_FNO_USEPOP
Selection of the truncation scheme
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OCCT
OPTIONS:
0
POVO
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_FULLRESPONSE
CC_FULLRESPONSE
Fully relaxed properties (including orbital relaxation terms) will be computed.
The variable CC_REF_PROP must be also set to TRUE.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
(no orbital response will be calculated)
OPTIONS:
FALSE, TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
Not available for non UHF/RHF references and for the methods that do not have
analytic gradients (e.g., QCISD).
CC_HESS_THRESH
CC_HESS_THRESH
Minimum allowed value for the orbital Hessian. Smaller values are replaced by
this constant.
TYPE:
DOUBLE
DEFAULT:
102
Corresponding to 0.01
OPTIONS:
Integer code is mapped to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_INCL_CORE_CORR
CC_INCL_CORE_CORR
Whether to include the correlation contribution from frozen core orbitals in
non iterative (2) corrections, such as OD(2) and CCSD(2).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless no core-valence or core correlation is desired (e.g., for
comparison with other methods or because the basis used cannot describe core
correlation).
CC_ITERATE_ON
CC_ITERATE_ON
In active space calculations, use a “mixed” iteration procedure if the
value is greater than 0. Then if the RMS orbital gradient is larger than the
value of CC_THETA_GRAD_THRESH, micro-iterations will be performed
to converge the occupied-virtual mixing angles for the current active space.
The maximum number of space iterations is given by this option.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Up to occupied-virtual iterations per overall cycle
RECOMMENDATION:
Can be useful for non-convergent active space calculations
CC_ITERATE_OV
CC_ITERATE_OV
In active space calculations, use a “mixed” iteration procedure if the value
is greater than 0. Then, if the RMS orbital gradient is larger than the value
of CC_THETA_GRAD_THRESH, micro-iterations will be performed to
converge the occupied-virtual mixing angles for the current active space. The
maximum number of such iterations is given by this option.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
No “mixed” iterations
OPTIONS:
Up to occupied-virtual iterations per overall cycle
RECOMMENDATION:
Can be useful for non-convergent active space calculations.
CC_MAX_ITER
CC_MAX_ITER
Maximum number of iterations to optimize the coupled-cluster energy.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
200
OPTIONS:
up to iterations to achieve convergence.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_MEMORY
CC_MEMORY
Specifies the maximum size, in MB, of the buffers for in-core storage of
block-tensors in CCMAN and CCMAN2.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50% of MEM_TOTAL. If MEM_TOTAL is not set, use 1.5 GB.
A minimum of
192 MB is hard-coded.
OPTIONS:
Integer number of MB
RECOMMENDATION:
Larger values can give better I/O performance and are recommended for systems
with large memory (add to your .qchemrc file. When running
CCMAN2 exclusively on a node, CC_MEMORY should be set to
75–80% of the total available RAM. )
CC_MP2NO_GRAD
CC_MP2NO_GRAD
If CC_MP2NO_GUESS is TRUE, what kind of one-particle
density matrix is used to make the guess orbitals?
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
1 PDM from MP2 gradient theory.
FALSE
1 PDM expanded to 2 order in perturbation theory.
RECOMMENDATION:
The two definitions give generally similar performance.
CC_MP2NO_GUESS
CC_MP2NO_GUESS
Will guess orbitals be natural orbitals of the MP2 wave function?
Alternatively, it is possible to use an effective one-particle density matrix
to define the natural orbitals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use natural orbitals from an MP2 one-particle density matrix (see
CC_MP2NO_GRAD).
FALSE
Use current molecular orbitals from SCF.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_ORBS_PER_BLOCK
CC_ORBS_PER_BLOCK
Specifies target (and maximum) size of blocks in orbital space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
16
OPTIONS:
Orbital block size of orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_OSFNO
CC_OSFNO
Activation of OSFNO. Available only for open-shell references.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
do not activate
OPTIONS:
TRUE
activate
RECOMMENDATION:
Use for EOM-SF-CCSD calculations from open-shell references. Available in CCMAN2 only.
CC_POL
CC_POL
Specifies the approach for calculating the polarizability of the CCSD wave function.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
(CCSD polarizability will not be calculated)
OPTIONS:
1
(analytic-derivative or response-theory mixed symmetric-asymmetric approach)
2
(analytic-derivative or response-theory asymmetric approach)
3
(expectation-value approach with right response intermediates)
4
(expectation-value approach with left response intermediates)
13
(damped-response expectation-value approach with right response intermediates)
14
(damped-response expectation-value approach with left response intermediates)
15
(damped-response expectation-value approach with first-order response density matrices)
RECOMMENDATION:
CCSD polarizabilities are expensive since they require solving
three/six (for static) or six/twelve (for dynamical)
additional response equations. Do no request this property unless you need it.
CC_PRECONV_FZ
CC_PRECONV_FZ
In active space methods, whether to pre-converge other wave function variables
for fixed initial guess of active space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No pre-iterations before active space optimization begins.
Maximum number of pre-iterations via this procedure.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_PRECONV_T2Z_EACH
CC_PRECONV_T2Z_EACH
Whether to pre-converge the cluster amplitudes before each change of the
orbitals in optimized orbital coupled-cluster methods. The maximum number of
iterations in this pre-convergence procedure is given by the value of this
parameter.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
(FALSE)
OPTIONS:
0
No pre-convergence before orbital optimization.
Up to iterations in this pre-convergence procedure.
RECOMMENDATION:
A very slow last resort option for jobs that do not converge.
CC_PRECONV_T2Z
CC_PRECONV_T2Z
Whether to pre-converge the cluster amplitudes before beginning orbital
optimization in optimized orbital cluster methods.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
(FALSE)
10
If CC_RESTART, CC_RESTART_NO_SCF or
CC_MP2NO_GUESS are TRUE
OPTIONS:
0
No pre-convergence before orbital optimization.
Up to iterations in this pre-convergence procedure.
RECOMMENDATION:
Experiment with this option in cases of convergence failure.
CC_PRINT
CC_PRINT
Controls the output from post-MP2 coupled-cluster module of Q-Chem
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
higher values can lead to deforestation…
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase if you need more output and don’t like trees
CC_QCCD_THETA_SWITCH
CC_QCCD_THETA_SWITCH
QCCD calculations switch from OD to QCCD when the rotation gradient is below
this threshold []
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
switchover
OPTIONS:
switchover
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_REF_PROP_TE
CC_REF_PROP_TE
Request for calculation of non-relaxed two-particle CCSD properties. The
two-particle properties currently include . The one-particle
properties also will be calculated, since the additional cost of the
one-particle properties calculation is small compared to the cost of
.
The variable CC_REF_PROP must be also set to TRUE.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
(no two-particle properties will be calculated)
OPTIONS:
FALSE, TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
The two-particle properties are computationally expensive, since
they require calculation and use of the two-particle density matrix (the cost
is approximately the same as the cost of an analytic gradient calculation). Do
not request the two-particle properties unless you really need them.
CC_REF_PROP
CC_REF_PROP
Whether or not the non-relaxed (expectation value) or full response (including
orbital relaxation terms) one-particle CCSD
properties will be calculated. The properties currently include permanent
dipole moment, the second moments
(, , and )
of the electron density along with
.
This option is
incompatible with JOBTYPE = FORCE, OPT, or FREQ.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
(no one-particle properties will be calculated)
OPTIONS:
FALSE, TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
Additional equations need to be solved (-CCSD equations) for properties
with the cost approximately the same as CCSD equations. Use the default if you do
not need properties. The cost of the properties calculation itself is low. The
CCSD one-particle density can be analyzed with NBO package by specifying
NBO = TRUE, CC_REF_PROP = TRUE, and
JOBTYPE = FORCE.
CC_RESET_THETA
CC_RESET_THETA
The reference MO coefficient matrix is reset every n iterations to help
overcome problems associated with the theta metric as theta becomes large.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
15
OPTIONS:
iterations between resetting orbital rotations to zero.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_RESTART_NO_SCF
CC_RESTART_NO_SCF
Should an optimized orbital coupled cluster calculation begin with optimized
orbitals from a previous calculation? When TRUE, molecular orbitals are
initially orthogonalized, and CC_PRECONV_T2Z and
CC_CANONIZE are set to TRUE while other guess options are set to
FALSE
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_RESTART
CC_RESTART
Allows an optimized orbital coupled cluster calculation to begin with an
initial guess for the orbital transformation matrix U other than the unit
vector. The scratch file from a previous run must be available for the U
matrix to be read successfully.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use unit initial guess.
TRUE
Activates CC_PRECONV_T2Z, CC_CANONIZE, and
turns off CC_MP2NO_GUESS
RECOMMENDATION:
Useful for restarting a job that did not converge, if files were saved.
CC_RESTR_AMPL
CC_RESTR_AMPL
Controls the restriction on amplitudes is there are restricted orbitals
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
All amplitudes are in the full space
1
Amplitudes are restricted, if there are restricted orbitals
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_RESTR_TRIPLES
CC_RESTR_TRIPLES
Controls which space the triples correction is computed in
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Triples are computed in the full space
1
Triples are restricted to the active space
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_REST_AMPL
CC_REST_AMPL
Forces the integrals, , and amplitudes to be determined in the full
space even though the CC_REST_OCC and CC_REST_VIR
keywords are used.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do apply restrictions
TRUE
Do not apply restrictions
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_REST_OCC
CC_REST_OCC
Sets the number of restricted occupied orbitals including active core occupied
orbitals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Restrict energetically lowest occupied orbitals to correspond to the
active core space.
RECOMMENDATION:
Example: cytosine with the molecular formula CHNO
includes one oxygen atom. To calculate O 1s core-excited states, has to be
set to 1, because the 1s orbital of oxygen is the energetically lowest. To
obtain the N 1s core excitations, the integer has to be set to 4, because
the 1s orbital of the oxygen atom is included as well, since it is
energetically below the three 1s orbitals of the nitrogen atoms. Accordingly,
to simulate the C 1s spectrum of cytosine, must be set to 8.
CC_REST_TRIPLES
CC_REST_TRIPLES
Restricts amplitudes to the active space, i.e., one electron should be
removed from the active occupied orbital and one electron should be added to
the active virtual orbital.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Applies the restrictions
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_REST_VIR
CC_REST_VIR
Sets the number of restricted virtual orbitals including frozen virtual
orbitals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Restrict virtual orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_SCALE_AMP
CC_SCALE_AMP
If not 0, scales down the step for updating coupled-cluster amplitudes in cases of problematic convergence.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
no scaling
OPTIONS:
Integer code is mapped to , e.g.,
corresponds to 0.9
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 0.9 or 0.8 for non convergent coupled-cluster calculations.
CC_SINGLE_PREC
CC_SINGLE_PREC
Precision selection for CCSD calculation. Available in CCMAN2 only.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
double-precision calculation
OPTIONS:
1
single-precision calculation
2
single-precision calculation followed by double-precision clean-up iterations
RECOMMENDATION:
Do not set too tight convergence thresholds when using single precision
CC_SP_DM
CC_SP_DM
Precision selection for CCSD and EOM-CCSD intermediates, density matrices, gradients, and
.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
double-precision calculation
OPTIONS:
1
single-precision calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
CC_SP_E_CONV
CC_SP_E_CONV
Energy convergence criterion in single precision in CCSD calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to convergence criterion
RECOMMENDATION:
Set 6 to be consistent with the default threshold in double precision in a pure
single-precision calculation.
When used with clean-up version, it should be smaller than double-precision
threshold not to introduce extra iterations.
CC_SP_T_CONV
CC_SP_T_CONV
Amplitude convergence threshold in single precision in CCSD calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to convergence criterion
RECOMMENDATION:
Set 4 to be consistent with the default threshold in double precision in a pure
single-precision run. When used with clean-up version, it should be smaller
than double-precision threshold not to introduce extra iterations.
CC_STATE_TO_OPT
CC_STATE_TO_OPT
Specifies which state to optimize.
TYPE:
INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
[,]
optimize the th state of the th irrep.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_SYMMETRY
CC_SYMMETRY
Activates point-group symmetry in the ADC calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
If the system possesses any point-group symmetry.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Employ point-group symmetry
FALSE
Do not use point-group symmetry
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CC_THETA_CONV
CC_THETA_CONV
Convergence criterion on the RMS difference between successive sets of
orbital rotation angles [].
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
Energies
6
Gradients
OPTIONS:
convergence criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default
CC_THETA_GRAD_CONV
CC_THETA_GRAD_CONV
Convergence desired on the RMS gradient of the energy with respect to
orbital rotation angles [].
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
7
Energies
8
Gradients
OPTIONS:
convergence criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default
CC_THETA_GRAD_THRESH
CC_THETA_GRAD_THRESH
RMS orbital gradient threshold [] above which “mixed iterations”
are performed in active space calculations if CC_ITERATE_OV is
TRUE.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
threshold.
RECOMMENDATION:
Can be made smaller if convergence difficulties are encountered.
CC_THETA_STEPSIZE
CC_THETA_STEPSIZE
Scale factor for the orbital rotation step size. The optimal rotation steps
should be approximately equal to the gradient vector.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Corresponding to 1.0
OPTIONS:
Integer code is mapped to
If the initial step is smaller than 0.5, the program will increase step
when gradients are smaller than the value of THETA_GRAD_THRESH,
up to a limit of 0.5.
RECOMMENDATION:
Try a smaller value in cases of poor convergence and very large orbital
gradients. For example, a value of 01001 translates to 0.1
CC_TRANS_PROP
CC_TRANS_PROP
Whether or not the transition dipole moment (in atomic units) and oscillator
strength and rotatory strength (in atomic units)
for the EOM-CCSD target states will be calculated. By default, the
transition dipole moment, angular momentum matrix elements,
and rotatory strengths
are calculated between the CCSD reference and the
EOM-CCSD target states. In order to calculate transition dipole moment, angular momentum matrix elements,
and rotatory strengths between a set of EOM-CCSD states and another EOM-CCSD state, the
CC_STATE_TO_OPT
must be specified for this state.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (no transition properties will be calculated)
OPTIONS:
1 (calculate transition properties between all computed EOM state and the reference state)
2 (calculate transition properties between all pairs of EOM states)
RECOMMENDATION:
Additional equations (for the left EOM-CCSD eigenvectors plus lambda CCSD
equations in case of transition properties between the CCSD reference and
EOM-CCSD target states are requested) need to be solved for transition
properties, approximately doubling the computational cost. The cost of the
transition properties calculation itself is low.
CC_T_CONV
CC_T_CONV
Convergence criterion on the RMS difference between successive sets of
coupled-cluster doubles amplitudes []
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
8
energies
10
gradients
OPTIONS:
convergence criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default
CC_Z_CONV
CC_Z_CONV
Convergence criterion on the RMS difference between successive doubles
-vector amplitudes [].
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
8
Energies
10
Gradients
OPTIONS:
convergence criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use Default
CDFTCI_PRINT
CDFTCI_PRINT
Controls level of output from CDFT-CI procedure to Q-Chem output file.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Only print energies and coefficients of CDFT-CI final states
1
Level 0 plus CDFT-CI overlap, Hamiltonian, and population matrices
2
Level 1 plus eigenvectors and eigenvalues of the CDFT-CI population matrix
3
Level 2 plus promolecule orbital coefficients and energies
RECOMMENDATION:
Level 3 is primarily for program debugging; levels 1 and 2 may be useful
for analyzing the coupling elements
CDFTCI_RESTART
CDFTCI_RESTART
To be used in conjunction with CDFTCI_STOP, this variable
causes CDFT-CI to read already-converged states from disk and begin
SCF convergence on later states. Note that the same $cdft section
must be used for the stopped calculation and the restarted calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Start calculations on state
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this setting in conjunction with CDFTCI_STOP.
CDFTCI_SKIP_PROMOLECULES
CDFTCI_SKIP_PROMOLECULES
Skips promolecule calculations and allows fractional charge and spin
constraints to be specified directly.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Standard CDFT-CI calculation is performed.
TRUE
Use the given charge/spin constraints directly, with no
promolecule calculations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Setting to TRUE can be useful for scanning over constraint values.
CDFTCI_STOP
CDFTCI_STOP
The CDFT-CI procedure involves performing independent SCF calculations on
distinct constrained states. It sometimes occurs that the same convergence
parameters are not successful for all of the states of interest, so that a
CDFT-CI calculation might converge one of these diabatic states but not the
next. This variable allows a user to stop a CDFT-CI calculation after a
certain number of states have been converged, with the ability to restart later
on the next state, with different convergence options.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Stop after converging state (the first state is state )
Do not stop early
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this setting if some diabatic states converge but others do not.
CDFTCI_SVD_THRESH
CDFTCI_SVD_THRESH
By default, a symmetric orthogonalization is performed on the CDFT-CI
matrix before diagonalization. If the CDFT-CI overlap matrix is nearly
singular (i.e., some of the diabatic states are nearly degenerate), then
this orthogonalization can lead to numerical instability. When computing
, eigenvalues smaller than
are discarded.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of .
RECOMMENDATION:
Can be decreased if numerical instabilities are encountered in the
final diagonalization.
CDFTCI
CDFTCI
Initiates a constrained DFT-configuration interaction calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform a CDFT-CI Calculation
FALSE
No CDFT-CI
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if a CDFT-CI calculation is desired.
CDFT_BECKE_POP
CDFT_BECKE_POP
Whether the calculation should print the Becke atomic charges at convergence
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Print populations
FALSE
Do not print them
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. Note that the Mulliken populations printed at the end of an
SCF run will not typically add up to the prescribed constraint value. Only the
Becke populations are guaranteed to satisfy the user-specified constraints.
CDFT_LAMBDA_MODE
CDFT_LAMBDA_MODE
Allows CDFT potentials to be specified directly, instead of being
determined as Lagrange multipliers.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Standard CDFT calculations are used.
TRUE
Instead of specifying target charge and spin constraints, use the values
from the input deck as the value of the Becke weight potential
RECOMMENDATION:
Should usually be set to FALSE. Setting to TRUE can be useful to scan over
different strengths of charge or spin localization, as convergence properties
are improved compared to regular CDFT(-CI) calculations.
CDFT_MAXITER
CDFT_MAXITER
Maximum number of iterations for converging the constraint.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
20
OPTIONS:
N
A maximum of N microiterations will be attempted.
RECOMMENDATION:
Default value is expected to be sufficient in most situations.
CDFT_POP
CDFT_POP
Sets the charge partitioning scheme for cDFT or cDFT-CI jobs.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
BECKE
OPTIONS:
BECKE
Linear combination of atomic Becke functions
FBH
Fragment-based Hirshfeld partition
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CDFT_POSTDIIS
CDFT_POSTDIIS
Controls whether the constraint is enforced after DIIS extrapolation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Enforce constraint after DIIS
FALSE
Do not enforce constraint after DIIS
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless convergence problems arise,
in which case it may be beneficial to experiment with setting CDFT_POSTDIIS
to FALSE.
With this option set to TRUE, energies should be variational after the first iteration.
CDFT_PREDIIS
CDFT_PREDIIS
Controls whether the constraint is enforced before DIIS extrapolation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Enforce constraint before DIIS
FALSE
Do not enforce constraint before DIIS
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless convergence problems arise, in which case it may be beneficial to experiment with setting
CDFT_PREDIIS to TRUE. Note that it is possible to enforce the constraint
both before and after DIIS by setting both CDFT_PREDIIS and CDFT_POSTDIIS
to TRUE.
CDFT_PRINT
CDFT_PRINT
Whether detailed information about CDFT iterations should be printed in the output file.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Print detailed information.
FALSE
Do not print detailed information.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default and invoke additional printing for troubleshooting.
CDFT_THRESH
CDFT_THRESH
Threshold that determines how tightly the constraint must be satisfied.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
N
Constraint is satisfied to within .
RECOMMENDATION:
Default value is set to match SCF_CONVERGENCE. Use the default unless problems occur.
CDFT
CDFT
Initiates a constrained DFT calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform a Constrained DFT Calculation
FALSE
No Density Constraint
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if a Constrained DFT calculation is desired.
CD_ALGORITHM
CD_ALGORITHM
Determines the algorithm for MP2 integral transformations.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
Program determined.
OPTIONS:
DIRECT
Uses fully direct algorithm (energies only).
SEMI_DIRECT
Uses disk-based semi-direct algorithm.
LOCAL_OCCUPIED
Alternative energy algorithm (see 6.4.1).
RECOMMENDATION:
Semi-direct is usually most efficient, and will normally be chosen by default.
CFMM_ORDER
CFMM_ORDER
Controls the order of the multipole expansions in CFMM calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
15
For single point SCF accuracy
25
For tighter convergence (optimizations)
OPTIONS:
Use multipole expansions of order
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
CHARGE_CHARGE_REPULSION
CHARGE_CHARGE_REPULSION
The repulsive Coulomb interaction parameter for YinYang atoms.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
550
OPTIONS:
Use Q =
RECOMMENDATION:
The repulsive Coulomb potential maintains bond lengths involving YinYang
atoms with the potential . The default is parameterized for carbon atoms.
CHELPG_DX
CHELPG_DX
Sets the rectangular grid spacing for the traditional Cartesian ChElPG grid or
the spacing between concentric Lebedev shells (when the variables CHELPG_HA
and CHELPG_H are specified as well).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a grid space of , in Å.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, which corresponds to the “dense grid” of Breneman and
Wiberg,
137
J. Comput. Chem.
(1990),
11,
pp. 361.
Link
, unless the cost is prohibitive, in which case a
larger value can be selected. Note that this default value is set with the
Cartesian grid in mind and not the Lebedev grid. In the Lebedev case, a larger
value can typically be used.
CHELPG_HA
CHELPG_HA
Sets the Lebedev grid to use for non-hydrogen atoms.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a number of points in a Lebedev grid (see Section 5.5.2.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CHELPG_HEAD
CHELPG_HEAD
Sets the “head space”
137
J. Comput. Chem.
(1990),
11,
pp. 361.
Link
(radial extent) of the ChElPG grid.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
30
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a head space of , in Å.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, which is the value recommended by Breneman and Wiberg.
137
J. Comput. Chem.
(1990),
11,
pp. 361.
Link
CHELPG_H
CHELPG_H
Sets the Lebedev grid to use for hydrogen atoms.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a number of points in a Lebedev grid.
RECOMMENDATION:
CHELPG_H must always be less than or equal to CHELPG_HA. If it is greater,
it will automatically be set to the value of CHELPG_HA.
CHELPG
CHELPG
Controls the calculation of CHELPG charges.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not calculate ChElPG charges.
TRUE
Compute ChElPG charges.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if desired. For large molecules, there is some overhead
associated with computing
ChElPG charges, especially if the number of grid points is large.
CHILD_MP_ORDERS
CHILD_MP_ORDERS
The multipole orders included in the prepared FERFs. The last digit specifies how many multipoles to compute,
and the digits in the front specify the multipole orders: 2: dipole (D); 3: quadrupole (Q); 4: octopole (O). Multipole
order 1 is reserved for monopole FERFs which can be used to separate the effect of orbital contraction.
711
J. Phys. Chem. Lett.
(2017),
8,
pp. 1967.
Link
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
21
D
232
DQ
2343
DQO
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 232 (DQ) when FERF is needed.
CHILD_MP
CHILD_MP
Compute FERFs for fragments and use them as the basis for SCFMI calculations.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not compute FERFs (use the full AO span of each fragment).
TRUE
Compute fragment FERFs.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use FERFs to compute polarization energy when large basis sets are used. In an “EDA2" calculation,
this $rem variable is set based on the given option automatically.
CHOLESKY_TOL
CHOLESKY_TOL
Tolerance of Cholesky decomposition of two-electron integrals
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
Corresponds to a tolerance of
RECOMMENDATION:
2 - qualitative calculations, 3 - appropriate for most cases, 4 - quantitative
(error in total energy typically less than 1 hartree)
CISTR_PRINT
CISTR_PRINT
Controls level of output.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Minimal output.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Increase output level.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CIS_AMPL_ANAL
CIS_AMPL_ANAL
Perform additional analysis of CIS and TDDFT excitation amplitudes,
including generation of natural transition orbitals, excited-state
multipole moments, and Mulliken analysis of the excited state densities
and particle/hole density matrices.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform additional amplitude analysis.
FALSE
Do not perform additional analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CIS_AMPL_PRINT
CIS_AMPL_PRINT
Sets the threshold for printing CIS and TDDFT excitation amplitudes.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
15
OPTIONS:
Print if or is larger than .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless you want to see more amplitudes.
CIS_CONVERGENCE
CIS_CONVERGENCE
CIS is considered converged when error is less than
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
CIS convergence threshold 10
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CIS_DER_NUMSTATE
CIS_DER_NUMSTATE
Determines among how many states we calculate nonadiabatic couplings. These states must be
specified in the $derivative_coupling section.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not calculate nonadiabatic couplings.
Calculate pairs of nonadiabatic couplings.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
CIS_DIABATH_DECOMPOSE
CIS_DIABATH_DECOMPOSE
Decide whether or not to decompose the diabatic coupling into Coulomb,
exchange, and one-electron terms.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Do not decompose the diabatic coupling.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
These decompositions are most meaningful for electronic excitation transfer processes.
Currently, available only for CIS, not for TDDFT diabatic states.
CIS_DYNAMIC_MEM
CIS_DYNAMIC_MEM
Controls whether to use static or dynamic memory in CIS and TDDFT calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Partly use static memory
TRUE
Fully use dynamic memory
RECOMMENDATION:
The default control requires static memory (MEM_STATIC) sufficient
to hold an array whose size grows by
at each CIS iteration, where
is the number of unconverged roots ( CIS_N_ROOTS).
For a large calculation, one has to specify a large value for MEM_STATIC,
which is not recommended (see Chapter 2). Therefore, it is
recommended to use dynamic memory for large calculations.
CIS_GUESS_DISK_TYPE
CIS_GUESS_DISK_TYPE
Determines the type of guesses to be read from disk
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Nil
OPTIONS:
0
Read triplets only
1
Read triplets and singlets
2
Read singlets only
RECOMMENDATION:
Must be specified if CIS_GUESS_DISK is TRUE.
CIS_GUESS_DISK
CIS_GUESS_DISK
Read the CIS guess from disk (previous calculation).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Create a new guess.
TRUE
Read the guess from disk.
RECOMMENDATION:
Requires a guess from previous calculation.
CIS_MOMENTS
CIS_MOMENTS
Controls calculation of excited-state (CIS or TDDFT) multipole moments.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not calculate excited-state moments.
TRUE
Calculate moments for each excited state.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if excited-state moments are desired. (This is a trivial
additional calculation.) The MULTIPOLE_ORDER controls how many
multipole moments are printed.
CIS_MULLIKEN
CIS_MULLIKEN
Controls Mulliken and Löwdin population analyses for excited-state particle and
hole density matrices.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform particle/hole population analysis.
TRUE
Perform both Mulliken and Löwdin analysis of the particle and hole
density matrices for each excited state.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if desired. This represents a trivial additional calculation.
CIS_N_ROOTS
CIS_N_ROOTS
Sets the number of excited state roots to find
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any excited states
OPTIONS:
Looks for excited states
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CIS_RELAXED_DENSITY
CIS_RELAXED_DENSITY
Use the relaxed CIS density for attachment/detachment density analysis as well
as for for the general excited-state analysis of Section 10.2.9.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not use the relaxed CIS density in analysis.
TRUE
Use the relaxed CIS density in analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CIS_S2_THRESH
CIS_S2_THRESH
Determines whether a state is a singlet or triplet in unrestricted calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
120
OPTIONS:
Sets the threshold to
RECOMMENDATION:
For the default case, states with are treated as triplet states and
other states are treated as singlets.
CIS_SINGLETS
CIS_SINGLETS
Solve for singlet excited states (ignored for spin unrestricted systems)
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Solve for singlet states
FALSE
Do not solve for singlet states.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CIS_STATE_DERIV
CIS_STATE_DERIV
Sets CIS state for excited state optimizations and vibrational analysis.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Does not select any of the excited states.
OPTIONS:
Select the th state.
RECOMMENDATION:
Check to see that the states do not change order during an optimization, due
to state crossings.
CIS_TRIPLETS
CIS_TRIPLETS
Solve for triplet excited states (ignored for spin unrestricted systems)
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Solve for triplet states
FALSE
Do not solve for triplet states.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CM5
CM5
Controls running of CM5 population analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculate CM5 populations.
FALSE
Do not calculate CM5 populations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
COMBINE_K
COMBINE_K
Controls separate or combined builds for short-range and long-range K
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Build short-range and long-range K separately (twice as expensive as a global hybrid)
TRUE (or 1)
Build short-range and long-range K together ( as expensive as a global hybrid)
RECOMMENDATION:
Most pre-defined range-separated hybrid functionals in Q-Chem use this
feature by default. However, if a user-specified RSH is desired, it is
necessary to manually turn this feature on.
COMPLEX_BASIS
COMPLEX_BASIS
Defines the complex basis.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default complex basis set
OPTIONS:
Symbol
Use a standard basis set
ZBASIS_GENERAL, ZBASIS_GEN
User-defined. As for BASIS
ZBASIS_MIXED
User-defined mixed basis
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult Ref.
1272
J. Chem. Phys.
(2015),
142,
pp. 054103.
Link
and the Basis Set Exchange.
COMPLEX_CCMAN
COMPLEX_CCMAN
Requests complex-scaled or CAP-augmented CC/EOM calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Engage complex CC/EOM code.
RECOMMENDATION:
Not available in CCMAN. Need to specify CAP strength or complex-scaling parameter
in $complex_ccman section.
COMPLEX_MIX
COMPLEX_MIX
Mix a certain percentage of the real part of the HOMO to the
imaginary part of the LUMO.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0–100
The mix angle = COMPLEX_MIX/100.
RECOMMENDATION:
It may help find the stable complex solution (similar idea as SCF_GUESS_MIX).
COMPLEX_THETA
COMPLEX_THETA
Sets the value of in degrees for a calculation with complex basis functions.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
(degrees)
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult Ref.
1272
J. Chem. Phys.
(2015),
142,
pp. 054103.
Link
. Usually calculations at several different values of (a “-trajectory”) should be performed.
COMPLEX
COMPLEX
Run an SCF calculation with complex MOs using GEN_SCFMAN.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use complex orbitals.
FALSE
Use real orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if desired.
CORE_CHARACTER
CORE_CHARACTER
Selects how the core orbitals are determined in the frozen-core
approximation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use energy-based definition.
1-4
Use Mulliken-based definition (see Table 6.1 for details).
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, unless performing calculations on molecules with heavy elements.
CORE_IONIZE
CORE_IONIZE
Indicates how orbitals are specified for reduced excitation spaces.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
all valence orbitals are listed in $solute section
2
only hole(s) are specified all other occupations same as ground state
RECOMMENDATION:
For MOM + TDDFT this specifies the input form of the $solute section. If set
to 1 all occupied orbitals must be specified, 2 only the empty orbitals to
ignore must be specified.
CORRELATION
CORRELATION
Specifies the correlation level of theory handled by CCMAN/CCMAN2.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
No Correlation
OPTIONS:
CCMP2
Regular MP2 handled by CCMAN/CCMAN2
MP3
CCMAN and CCMAN2
MP4SDQ
CCMAN
MP4
CCMAN
CCD
CCMAN and CCMAN2
CCD(2)
CCMAN
CCSD
CCMAN and CCMAN2
CC2
CCMAN2
CCSD(T)
CCMAN and CCMAN2
CCSD(2)
CCMAN
CCSD(fT)
CCMAN and CCMAN2
CCSD(dT)
CCMAN
CCVB-SD
CCMAN2
QCISD
CCMAN and CCMAN2
QCISD(T)
CCMAN and CCMAN2
OD
CCMAN
OD(T)
CCMAN
OD(2)
CCMAN
VOD
CCMAN
VOD(2)
CCMAN
QCCD
CCMAN
QCCD(T)
CCMAN
QCCD(2)
CCMAN
VQCCD
CCMAN
VQCCD(T)
CCMAN
VQCCD(2)
CCMAN
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult the literature for guidance.
CPSCF_NSEG
CPSCF_NSEG
Controls the number of segments used to calculate the CPSCF equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not solve the CPSCF equations in segments.
User-defined. Use segments when solving the CPSCF equations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
CS_SCF_FINAL_PRINT
CS_SCF_FINAL_PRINT
Controls level of output from CAP-SCF procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
No extra print out.
OPTIONS:
1
Print direct breakdown of CAP-SCF energy.
2
Print breakdown of CAP-SCF energy based on the complex coefficient matrix.
Also required if the options below are requested.
3
Level 2 plus diagonal elements of complex orbital energy matrix, F. Triggered by Level 2.
4
Level 2 plus diagonal elements of complex kinetic energy matrix, T. Triggered by Level 2
5
Level 2 plus diagonal elements of complex electron-nuclear Coulomb potential energy matrix, V. Triggered by Level 2.
6
Level 2 plus diagonal elements of CAP matrix, W. Triggered by Level 2.
7
Level 2 plus diagonal elements of total complex one-electron energy matrix, . Triggered by Level 2.
8
Level 2 plus diagonal elements of total complex electronic energy matrix, . Triggered by Level 2.
9
Level 2 to 8. Triggered by Level 2.
RECOMMENDATION:
Level 1 is usually enough. Values for this rem variable are transformed first into a set of distinct values; thus, for example, ‘1111’ is equivalent to ‘1’ and ‘28224’ is equivalent to ‘248’. To request Levels 3-9, please remember to request Level 2 as well.
CS_STRICT
CS_STRICT
Determines Mulliken charges, multipole moments and complex orbital energies for CAP-HF calculations by reading, when applicable, complex density matrix or complex molecular orbital coefficient file
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
determine Mulliken charges, multipole moments and complex orbital energies for CAP-HF calculations by reading – when applicable – the complex density matrix or complex molecular orbital coefficient file.
FALSE
Don’t read the complex density matrix or complex molecular orbital coefficient file when determining Mulliken charges, multipole moments and orbital energies for CAP-HF calculations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to ‘TRUE’ for CAP-HF calculations.
CUBEFILE_STATE
CUBEFILE_STATE
Determines which excited state is used to generate cube files
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Generate cube files for the th excited state
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CUDA_RI-MP2
CUDA_RI-MP2
Enables GPU implementation of RI-MP2
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
GPU-enabled MGEMM off
TRUE
GPU-enabled MGEMM on
RECOMMENDATION:
Necessary to set to 1 in order to run GPU-enabled RI-MP2
CUTOCC
CUTOCC
Specifies occupied orbital cutoff.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
0-200
CUTOFF = CUTOCC/100
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CUTVIR
CUTVIR
Specifies virtual orbital cutoff.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
No truncation
OPTIONS:
0-100
CUTOFF = CUTVIR/100
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CVS_EE_SINGLETS
CVS_EE_SINGLETS
Sets the number of singlet core-excited state roots to find. Valid only
for closed-shell references.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any excited states.
OPTIONS:
Find excited states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CVS_EE_TRIPLETS
CVS_EE_TRIPLETS
Sets the number of triplet core-excited state roots to find. Valid only
for closed-shell references.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any excited states.
OPTIONS:
Find excited states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
CVS_EOM_PRECONV_SINGLES
CVS_EOM_PRECONV_SINGLES
When not zero, singly excited vectors are converged prior to a full excited
states calculation (CVS states only). Sets the maximum number of iterations for pre-converging
procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
do not pre-converge
1
pre-converge singles
RECOMMENDATION:
Sometimes helps with problematic convergence.
CVS_EOM_SHIFT
CVS_EOM_SHIFT
Specifies energy shift in CVS-EOM calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
corresponds to
hartree shift (i.e., 11000 = 11 hartree); solve for
eigenstates around this value.
RECOMMENDATION:
Improves the stability of the calculations.
CVS_SF_STATES
CVS_SF_STATES
Sets the number of core-level spin-flip target states roots to find.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any excited states.
OPTIONS:
Find SF states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DALTON_MAXITER
DALTON_MAXITER
Maximum number of iteration allowed for the Dalton solver for response equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Default is usually sufficient
DALTON_MAXSPACE
DALTON_MAXSPACE
Specifies maximum number of vectors in the subspace for the Dalton solver for response equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
200
OPTIONS:
Up to vectors per root before the subspace is reset.
RECOMMENDATION:
Larger values increase disk storage but accelerate and stabilize convergence.
DALTON_PRECOND_START
DALTON_PRECOND_START
Specifies the iteration number in the Dalton procedure for response equations from which the preconditioner is applied to the residuals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
User-defined iteration number.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
DALTON_XCONV
DALTON_XCONV
Convergence criterion for the residuals (square norm) of the Dalton solver for response equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6 Corresponding to
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to convergence criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default in double precision. May reduce to 5 in single precision.
DC_DFT
DC_DFT
Controls whether to use DC-DFT.
TYPE:
Boolean
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not do DC-DFT.
TRUE
Iterate the density to self-consistency at the Hartree-Fock level and then perform
evaluate using the functional specified with METHOD.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use if desired. Analytic gradients are available but are a serial bottleneck in the present implementation.
DEA_AA_STATES
DEA_AA_STATES
Sets the number of DEA roots (two electrons) to find.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DEA transitions.
OPTIONS:
Find DEA states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DEA_AB_STATES
DEA_AB_STATES
Sets the number of DEA roots (one and one electron) to find.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DEA transitions.
OPTIONS:
Find DEA states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DEA_BB_STATES
DEA_BB_STATES
Sets the number of DEA roots (two electrons) to find.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DEA transitions.
OPTIONS:
Find DEA states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DEA_SINGLETS
DEA_SINGLETS
Sets the number of singlet DEA roots to find. Valid only
for closed-shell references.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any singlet DEA states.
OPTIONS:
Find DEA singlet states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DEA_STATES
DEA_STATES
Sets the number of DEA roots to find. For
closed-shell reference, defaults into DEA_SINGLETS. For open-shell references,
specifies all low-lying states.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DEA states.
OPTIONS:
Find DIP states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DEA_TRIPLETS
DEA_TRIPLETS
Sets the number of triplet DEA roots to find. Valid only
for closed-shell references.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DEA triplet states.
OPTIONS:
Find DEA triplet states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DELTA_GRADIENT_SCALE
DELTA_GRADIENT_SCALE
Scales the gradient of by /100, which can be useful for cases with troublesome convergence by reducing step size.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default. For problematic cases, 50, 25, 10 or even could be useful.
DEUTERATE
DEUTERATE
Requests that all hydrogen atoms be replaces with deuterium.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Do not replace hydrogens.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Replace hydrogens with deuterium.
RECOMMENDATION:
Replacing hydrogen atoms reduces the fastest vibrational frequencies by a
factor of 1.4, which allow for a larger fictitious mass and time step in ELMD
calculations. There is no reason to replace hydrogens in BOMD calculations.
DFPT_EXCHANGE
DFPT_EXCHANGE
Specifies the secondary functional in a HFPC/DFPC calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
None
RECOMMENDATION:
See reference for recommended basis set, functional, and grid pairings.
DFPT_XC_GRID
DFPT_XC_GRID
Specifies the secondary grid in a HFPC/DFPC calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
None
RECOMMENDATION:
See reference for recommended basis set, functional, and grid pairings.
DFTVDW_ALPHA1
DFTVDW_ALPHA1
Parameter in XDM calculation with higher-order terms
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
83
OPTIONS:
10-1000
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFTVDW_ALPHA2
DFTVDW_ALPHA2
Parameter in XDM calculation with higher-order terms.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
155
OPTIONS:
10-1000
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFTVDW_JOBNUMBER
DFTVDW_JOBNUMBER
Basic vdW job control
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not apply the XDM scheme.
1
Add vdW as energy/gradient correction to SCF.
2
Add vDW as a DFT functional and do full SCF (this option only works with XDM6).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFTVDW_KAI
DFTVDW_KAI
Damping factor for -only damping function
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
800
OPTIONS:
10–1000
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFTVDW_METHOD
DFTVDW_METHOD
Choose the damping function used in XDM
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Use Becke’s damping function including term only.
2
Use Becke’s damping function with higher-order ( and ) terms.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFTVDW_MOL1NATOMS
DFTVDW_MOL1NATOMS
The number of atoms in the first monomer in dimer calculation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0–
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFTVDW_PRINT
DFTVDW_PRINT
Printing control for VDW code
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
No printing.
1
Minimum printing (default)
2
Debug printing
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFTVDW_USE_ELE_DRV
DFTVDW_USE_ELE_DRV
Specify whether to add the gradient correction to the XDM energy.
only valid with Becke’s damping function
using the interpolated BR89 model.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Use density correction when applicable.
0
Do not use this correction (for debugging purposes).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DFT_C
DFT_C
Controls whether the DFT-C empirical BSSE correction should be added.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
(or 0) Do not apply the DFT-C correction
TRUE
(or 1) Apply the DFT-C correction
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D3_3BODY
DFT_D3_3BODY
Controls whether the three-body interaction in Grimme’s DFT-D3 method should be applied
(see Eq. (14) in Ref.
417
J. Chem. Phys.
(2010),
132,
pp. 154104.
Link
).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Do not apply the three-body interaction term
TRUE
Apply the three-body interaction term
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D3_A1
DFT_D3_A2
DFT_D3_POWER
DFT_D3_POWER
The nonlinear parameter in Eq. (5.32). Used in
DFT-D3(op). Must be greater than or equal to 6 to avoid divergence.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
600000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D3_RS6
DFT_D3_RS8
DFT_D3_S6
DFT_D3_S6
The linear parameter in eq. (5.27). Used in all forms of DFT-D3.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D3_S8
DFT_D3_S8
The linear parameter in Eq. (5.27). Used in DFT-D3(0),
DFT-D3(BJ), DFT-D3M(0), DFT-D3M(BJ), and DFT-D3(op).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D4_A1
DFT_D4_A1
The nonlinear parameter . Used in DFT-D4.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Optimized number for the specified functional
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D4_A2
DFT_D4_A2
The nonlinear parameter . Used in DFT-D4.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Optimized number for the specified functional
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D4_GA
DFT_D4_GA
Charge scaling
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300000000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default
DFT_D4_GC
DFT_D4_GC
Charge scaling
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
200000000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default
DFT_D4_S10
DFT_D4_S10
The linear parameter . Used in DFT-D4.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Optimized number for the specified functional
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D4_S6
DFT_D4_S6
The linear parameter . Used in DFT-D4.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Optimized number for the specified functional
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D4_S8
DFT_D4_S8
The linear parameter . Used in DFT-D4.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Optimized number for the specified functional
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D4_S9
DFT_D4_S9
The linear parameter . Used in DFT-D4.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Optimized number for the specified functional
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DFT_D4_WF
DFT_D4_WF
Weighting factor for Gaussian weighting.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
600000000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default
DFT_D_A
DFT_D_A
Controls the strength of dispersion corrections in the Chai–Head-Gordon DFT-D scheme, Eq. (5.26).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
600
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
DFT_D
DFT_D
Controls the empirical dispersion correction to be added to a DFT calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
FALSE
(or 0) Do not apply the DFT-D2, DFT-CHG, or DFT-D3 scheme
EMPIRICAL_GRIMME
DFT-D2 dispersion correction from Grimme
424
J. Comput. Chem.
(2006),
27,
pp. 1787.
Link
EMPIRICAL_CHG
DFT-CHG dispersion correction from Chai and Head-Gordon
191
Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys.
(2008),
10,
pp. 6615.
Link
EMPIRICAL_GRIMME3
DFT-D3(0) dispersion correction from Grimme (deprecated as
of Q-Chem 5.0)
D3_ZERO
DFT-D3(0) dispersion correction from Grimme et al.
417
J. Chem. Phys.
(2010),
132,
pp. 154104.
Link
D3_BJ
DFT-D3(BJ) dispersion correction from Grimme et al.
419
J. Comput. Chem.
(2011),
32,
pp. 1456.
Link
D3_CSO
DFT-D3(CSO) dispersion correction from Schröder et al.
1068
J. Chem. Theory Comput.
(2015),
11,
pp. 3163.
Link
D3_ZEROM
DFT-D3M(0) dispersion correction from Smith et al.
1116
J. Phys. Chem. Lett.
(2016),
7,
pp. 2197.
Link
D3_BJM
DFT-D3M(BJ) dispersion correction from Smith et al.
1116
J. Phys. Chem. Lett.
(2016),
7,
pp. 2197.
Link
D3_OP
DFT-D3(op) dispersion correction from Witte et al.
1294
J. Chem. Theory Comput.
(2017),
13,
pp. 2043.
Link
D3
Automatically select the “best” available D3 dispersion correction
D4
DFT-D4 dispersion correction from Caldeweyher et al.
152
J. Chem. Phys.
(2017),
147,
pp. 034112.
Link
,
153
J. Chem. Phys.
(2019),
150,
pp. 154122.
Link
,
154
Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys.
(2020),
22,
pp. 8499.
Link
RECOMMENDATION:
Use D4 if the specified functional is avialable. Currently, only a subset of functionals in DFT-D4 is supported.
It includes B3LYP, B97, B1LYP, PBE0, PW6B95, M06L, M06, WB97, WB97X, CAMB3LYP, PBE02, PBE0DH, MPW1K, MPWB1K, B1B95, B1PW91, B2GPPLYP, B2PLYP, B3P86, B3PW91, O3LYP, REVPBE,
REVPBE0, REVTPSS, REVTPSSH, SCAN, TPSS0, TPSSH, X3LYP, TPSS, BP86, BLYP, BPBE, MPW1PW91, MPW1LYP, PBE, RPBE, and PW91.
DH
DH
Controls the application of DH-DFT scheme.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Do not apply the DH-DFT scheme
TRUE (or 1)
Apply DH-DFT scheme
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
DIIS_ERR_RMS
DIIS_ERR_RMS
Changes the DIIS convergence metric from the maximum to the RMS error.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE, FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, the maximum error provides a more reliable criterion.
DIIS_PRINT
DIIS_PRINT
Controls the output from DIIS SCF optimization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Minimal print out.
1
Chosen method and DIIS coefficients and solutions.
2
Level 1 plus changes in multipole moments.
3
Level 2 plus Multipole moments.
4
Level 3 plus extrapolated Fock matrices.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default
DIIS_SEPARATE_ERRVEC
DIIS_SEPARATE_ERRVEC
Control optimization of DIIS error vector in unrestricted calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Use a combined and error vector.
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use a combined and error vector.
TRUE
Use separate error vectors for the and spaces.
RECOMMENDATION:
When using DIIS in Q-Chem a convenient optimization for unrestricted
calculations is to sum the and error vectors into a single
vector which is used for extrapolation. This is often extremely effective, but
in some pathological systems with symmetry breaking, can lead to false
solutions being detected, where the and components of the
error vector cancel exactly giving a zero DIIS error. While an extremely
uncommon occurrence, if it is suspected, set
DIIS_SEPARATE_ERRVEC = TRUE to check.
DIIS_SUBSPACE_SIZE
DIIS_SUBSPACE_SIZE
Controls the size of the DIIS and/or RCA subspace during the SCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
15
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIP_AA_STATES
DIP_AA_STATES
Sets the number of DIP roots (remove two electrons) to find. Valid only
for closed-shell references.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DIP states.
OPTIONS:
Find DIP states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIP_AB_STATES
DIP_AB_STATES
Sets the number of DIP roots (remove one and one electron) to find.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DIP states.
OPTIONS:
Find DIP states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIP_BB_STATES
DIP_BB_STATES
Sets the number of DIP roots (remove two electrons) to find.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DIP states.
OPTIONS:
Find DIP states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIP_SINGLETS
DIP_SINGLETS
Sets the number of singlet DIP roots to find. Valid only
for closed-shell references.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any singlet DIP states.
OPTIONS:
Find DIP singlet states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIP_STATES
DIP_STATES
Sets the number of DIP roots to find. For
closed-shell reference, defaults into DIP_SINGLETS. For open-shell references,
specifies all low-lying states.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DIP states.
OPTIONS:
Find DIP states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIP_TRIPLETS
DIP_TRIPLETS
Sets the number of triplet DIP roots to find. Valid only
for closed-shell references.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DIP triplet states.
OPTIONS:
Find DIP triplet states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DIRECT_SCF
DIRECT_SCF
Controls direct SCF.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
Determined by program.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Forces direct SCF.
FALSE
Do not use direct SCF.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default; direct SCF switches off in-core integrals.
DISP_FREE_C
DISP_FREE_C
Specify the employed “dispersion-free" correlation functional.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
Correlation functionals supported by Q-Chem.
RECOMMENDATION:
Put the appropriate correlation functional paired with the chosen exchange
functional (e.g. put PBE if DISP_FREE_X is revPBE); put
NONE if DISP_FREE_X is set to an exchange-correlation
functional.
DISP_FREE_X
DISP_FREE_X
Specify the employed “dispersion-free" exchange functional.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
HF
OPTIONS:
Exchange functionals (e.g. revPBE) or exchange-correlation functionals (e.g. B3LYP)
supported by Q-Chem.
RECOMMENDATION:
HF is recommended for hybrid (primary) functionals (e.g.B97X-V) and
revPBE for semi-local ones (e.g.B97M-V).
Other reasonable options (e.g. B3LYP for B3LYP-D3) can also be applied.
DOMODSANO
DOMODSANO
Specifies whether to do modified Sano or the original one
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Does original Sano procedure (similar to GVBMAN).
1
Does an improved Sano procedure that’s more localized.
2
Does another variation of Sano.
RECOMMENDATION:
1 is always better
DORAMAN
DORAMAN
Controls calculation of Raman intensities. Requires JOBTYPE to be set
to FREQ
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not calculate Raman intensities.
TRUE
Do calculate Raman intensities.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DO_IBO
DO_IBO
Enables IBO procedure
TYPE:
BOOL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not calculate IBOs
TRUE
Run the IBO procedure
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DSF_STATES
DSF_STATES
Sets the number of doubly spin-flipped target states roots to find.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any DSF states.
OPTIONS:
Find doubly spin-flipped states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
DUAL_BASIS_ENERGY
DUAL_BASIS_ENERGY
Activates dual-basis SCF (HF or DFT) energy correction.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
Analytic first derivative available for HF and DFT (see JOBTYPE)
Can be used in conjunction with MP2 or RI-MP2
See BASIS, BASIS2, BASISPROJTYPE
RECOMMENDATION:
Use dual-basis to capture large-basis effects at smaller basis cost.
Particularly useful with RI-MP2, in which HF often dominates. Use only proper
subsets for small-basis calculation.
D_CPSCF_PERTNUM
D_CPSCF_PERTNUM
Specifies whether to do the perturbations one at a time, or all together.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Perturbed densities to be calculated all together.
1
Perturbed densities to be calculated one at a time.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
D_SCF_CONV_1
D_SCF_CONV_1
Sets the convergence criterion for the level-1 iterations. This preconditions
the density for the level-2 calculation, and does not include any
two-electron integrals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
corresponding to a threshold of .
OPTIONS:
Sets convergence threshold to .
RECOMMENDATION:
The criterion for level-1 convergence must be less than or equal to the
level-2 criterion, otherwise the D-CPSCF will not converge.
D_SCF_CONV_2
D_SCF_CONV_2
Sets the convergence criterion for the level-2 iterations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
Corresponding to a threshold of .
OPTIONS:
Sets convergence threshold to .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
D_SCF_DIIS
D_SCF_DIIS
Specifies the number of matrices to use in the DIIS extrapolation in the
D-CPSCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
11
OPTIONS:
= 0 specifies no DIIS extrapolation is to be used.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
D_SCF_MAX_1
D_SCF_MAX_1
Sets the maximum number of level-1 iterations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
D_SCF_MAX_2
D_SCF_MAX_2
Sets the maximum number of level-2 iterations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
30
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
EA_ALPHA
EA_ALPHA
Sets the number of attached target states derived by attaching
electron (, default in EOM-EA).
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any EA states.
OPTIONS:
Find EA states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EA_BETA
EA_BETA
Sets the number of attached target states derived by attaching
electron (, EA-SF).
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any EA states.
OPTIONS:
Find EA states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EA_STATES
EA_STATES
Controls the number of electron-attached states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform an EA-ADC calculation
OPTIONS:
Number of states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute states for the first irrep, states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of electron-attached states in case of
restricted calculations.
ECP
ECP
Defines the effective core potential and associated basis set to be used
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No ECP
OPTIONS:
General, Gen
User defined. ($ecp keyword required)
Symbol
Use standard ECPs discussed above.
RECOMMENDATION:
ECPs are recommended for first row transition metals and heavier
elements. Consult the reviews for more details.
EDA2
EDA2
Switch on EDA2 and specify the option set number.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
0
Do not run through EDA2.
1
Frozen energy decomposition + nDQ-FERF polarization
(the standard EDA2 option)
2
Frozen energy decomposition + (AO-block-based) ALMO polarization
(old scheme with the addition of frozen decomposition)
3
Frozen energy decomposition + oDQ-FERF polarization
(NOT commonly used)
4
Frozen wave function relaxation + Frozen energy decomposition + nDQ-FERF polarization
(NOT commonly used)
5
Frozen energy decomposition + polMO polarization
(NOT commonly used).
10
No preset. Completely controlled by user’s $rem input
(for developers only)
RECOMMENDATION:
Turn on EDA2 for Q-Chem’s ALMO-EDA jobs unless CTA with the old
scheme is desired. Option 1 is recommended in general, especially when
substantially large basis sets are employed. The original ALMO scheme (option
2) can be used when the employed basis set is of small or medium size (arguably
no larger than augmented triple-). The other options are rarely used for
routine applications.
EDA_BSSE
EDA_BSSE
Calculates the BSSE correction when performing the energy decomposition
analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE unless a very large basis set is used.
EDA_CLS_DISP
EDA_CLS_DISP
Compute the DISP contribution without performing the orthogonal decomposition,
which will then be subtracted from the classical PAULI term.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use the DISP term computed with orthogonal decomposition (if available).
TRUE
Use the DISP term computed using undistorted monomer densities.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set it to TRUE when orthogonal decomposition is not performed.
EDA_CLS_ELEC
EDA_CLS_ELEC
Perform the classical decomposition of the frozen term.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE (automatically set to TRUE by EDA2 options 1–5)
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not compute the classical ELEC and PAULI terms.
TRUE
Perform the classical decomposition.
RECOMMENDATION:
TRUE
EDA_CONTRACTION_ANAL
EDA_CONTRACTION_ANAL
Perform analysis separating orbital contraction from the rest of POL.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform contraction analysis.
TRUE
Perform contraction analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
No recommendation
EDA_COVP
EDA_COVP
Perform COVP analysis when evaluating the RS or ARS
charge-transfer correction. COVP analysis is currently implemented only for
systems of two fragments.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE to perform COVP analysis in an EDA or SCF MI(RS) job.
EDA_PRINT_COVP
EDA_PRINT_COVP
Replace the final MOs with the CVOP orbitals in the end of the run.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE to print COVP orbitals instead of conventional MOs.
EE_SINGLETS
EE_SINGLETS
Controls the number of singlet excited states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform an ADC calculation of singlet excited states
OPTIONS:
Number of singlet states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute states for the first irrep,
states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of excited states in case of restricted
calculations of singlet states. In unrestricted calculations it can also be
used, if EE_STATES not set. Then, it has the same effect as setting
EE_STATES.
EE_STATES
EE_STATES
Controls the number of excited states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform an ADC calculation
OPTIONS:
Number of states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute states for the first irrep, states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of excited states in case of
unrestricted or open-shell calculations. In restricted calculations it can also
be used, if neither EE_SINGLETS nor EE_TRIPLETS is given.
Then, it has the same effect as setting EE_SINGLETS.
EE_TRIPLETS
EE_TRIPLETS
Controls the number of triplet excited states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform an ADC calculation of triplet excited states
OPTIONS:
Number of triplet states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute states for the first irrep,
states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of excited states in case of restricted
calculations of triplet
states.
EFP_COORD_XYZ
EFP_COORD_XYZ
Use coordinates of three atoms instead of Euler angles to specify
position and orientation of the fragments
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_DIRECT_POLARIZATION_DRIVER
EFP_DIRECT_POLARIZATION_DRIVER
Use direct solver for EFP polarization
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Direct polarization solver provides stable convergence of induced dipoles which may otherwise become problematic in case of closely lying or highly polar or charged fragments. The computational cost of direct polarization versus iterative polarization becomes higher for systems containing more than 10000 polarizable points.
EFP_DISP_DAMP
EFP_DISP_DAMP
Controls fragment-fragment dispersion screening in EFP
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
0
switch off dispersion screening
1
use Tang-Toennies screening, with fixed parameter
2
use overlap-based damping
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_DISP
EFP_DISP
Controls fragment-fragment dispersion in EFP
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on dispersion
FALSE
switch off dispersion
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_ELEC_DAMP
EFP_ELEC_DAMP
Controls fragment-fragment electrostatic screening in EFP
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
0
switch off electrostatic screening
1
use overlap-based damping correction
2
use exponential damping correction if SCREEN2 screening parameters are provided in the EFP potential
RECOMMENDATION:
Overlap-based damping is recommended
EFP_ELEC
EFP_ELEC
Controls fragment-fragment electrostatics in EFP
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on electrostatics
FALSE
switch off electrostatics
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_ENABLE_LINKS
EFP_ENABLE_LINKS
Enable fragment links in EFP region
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_EXREP
EFP_EXREP
Controls fragment-fragment exchange repulsion in EFP
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on exchange repulsion
FALSE
switch off exchange repulsion
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_FRAGMENTS_ONLY
EFP_FRAGMENTS_ONLY
Specifies whether there is a QM part
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
QM part is present
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Only MM part is present: all fragments are treated by EFP
FALSE
QM part is present: do QM/MM EFP calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_INPUT
EFP_INPUT
Specifies the format of EFP input
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Dummy atom (e.g., He) in $molecule section should be present
OPTIONS:
TRUE
A format without dummy atom in $molecule section
FALSE
A format with dummy atom in $molecule section
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_ORDER
EFP_ORDER
Controls QM-EFP pairwise fragment energy decomposition analysis
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
1
the first step of energy decomposition is performed
2
the second step of energy decomposition is performed
RECOMMENDATION:
The EFP_PAIRWISE keyword should be turned on to activate the energy decomposition analysis.
EFP_PAIRWISE
EFP_PAIRWISE
Controls QM-EFP pairwise fragment energy decomposition analysis
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
energy decomposition is turned off
1
energy decomposition is turned on
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_POL_DAMP
EFP_POL_DAMP
Controls fragment-fragment polarization screening in EFP
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
switch off polarization screening
1
use Tang-Toennies screening
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_POL
EFP_POL
Controls fragment-fragment polarization in EFP
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on polarization
FALSE
switch off polarization
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_QM_DISP
EFP_QM_DISP
Controls QM-EFP dispersion
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on QM-EFP dispersion
FALSE
switch off QM-EFP dispersion
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_QM_ELEC_DAMP
EFP_QM_ELEC_DAMP
Controls QM-EFP electrostatics screening in EFP
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
switch off electrostatic screening
1
use QM-EFP electrostatic damping if SCREEN screening parameters are provided in the EFP potential
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_QM_ELEC
EFP_QM_ELEC
Controls QM-EFP electrostatics
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on QM-EFP electrostatics
FALSE
switch off QM-EFP electrostatics
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_QM_EXREP
EFP_QM_EXREP
Controls QM-EFP exchange-repulsion
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on QM-EFP exchange-repulsion
FALSE
switch off QM-EFP exchange-repulsion
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP_QM_POL
EFP_QM_POL
Controls QM-EFP polarization
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
switch on QM-EFP polarization
FALSE
switch off QM-EFP polarization
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EFP
EFP
Specifies that EFP calculation is requested
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
The keyword should be present if excited state calculation is requested
EMBEDMAN
EMBEDMAN
Turns density embedding on.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not use density embedding.
1
Turn on density embedding.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use EMBEDMAN for QM/QM density embedded calculations.
EMBED_MU
EMBED_MU
Specifies exponent value of projection operator scaling factor,
[Eqs. (11.119) and (11.121)].
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
7
OPTIONS:
n
.
RECOMMENDATION:
Values of 2 - 7 are recommended. A higher value of leads to better
orthogonality of the fragment MOs but introduces numerical
noise. results in non-additive terms becoming too large. Energy
corrections are fairly insensitive to changes in within the range of
.
EMBED_THEORY
EMBED_THEORY
Specifies post-DFT method performed on fragment one.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No post HF method, only DFT on fragment one.
1
Perform CCSD(T) calculation on fragment one.
2
Perform MP2 calculation on fragment one.
RECOMMENDATION:
This should be 1 or 2 for the high-level QM calculation of fragment
1-in-2, and 0 for fragment 2-in-1 low-level QM calculation.
EMBED_THRESH
EMBED_THRESH
Specifies threshold cutoff for AO contribution used to determine which MOs
belong to which fragments
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
500
OPTIONS:
n
Threshold
RECOMMENDATION:
Acceptable values range from 0 to 1000. Should only need to be tuned for
non-highly localized MOs
EOM_CORR
EOM_CORR
Specifies the correlation level.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
No correction will be computed
OPTIONS:
SD(DT)
EOM-CCSD(dT), available for EE, SF, and IP
SD(FT)
EOM-CCSD(fT), available for EE, SF, IP, and EA
SD(ST)
EOM-CCSD(sT), available for IP
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EOM_DAVIDSON_CONVERGENCE
EOM_DAVIDSON_CONVERGENCE
Convergence criterion for the RMS residuals (square of the norm) of excited-state vectors.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
Corresponding to
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to convergence criterion
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. Normally this value be the same as EOM_DAVIDSON_THRESHOLD.
EOM_DAVIDSON_MAXVECTORS
EOM_DAVIDSON_MAXVECTORS
Specifies maximum number of vectors in the subspace for the Davidson
diagonalization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
60
OPTIONS:
Up to vectors per root before the subspace is reset
RECOMMENDATION:
Larger values increase disk storage but accelerate and stabilize convergence.
EOM_DAVIDSON_MAX_ITER
EOM_DAVIDSON_MAX_ITER
Maximum number of iteration allowed for Davidson diagonalization procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
30
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of iterations
RECOMMENDATION:
Default is usually sufficient
EOM_DAVIDSON_THRESHOLD
EOM_DAVIDSON_THRESHOLD
Specifies threshold for including a new expansion vector in the iterative
Davidson diagonalization. Their norm must be above this threshold.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
00103
Corresponding to 0.00001
OPTIONS:
Integer code is mapped to , i.e., 02505->2.5
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless converge problems are encountered. Should normally be set
to the same values as EOM_DAVIDSON_CONVERGENCE, if convergence problems arise
try setting to a value slightly larger than EOM_DAVIDSON_CONVERGENCE.
EOM_EA_ALPHA
EOM_EA_ALPHA
Controls the number of -electron-attached states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not compute -electron-attached states
OPTIONS:
Number of -electron-attached states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute -electron-attached states for the first irrep,
-electron-attached states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of -electron-attached states in case of
unrestricted or open-shell calculations.
EOM_EA_BETA
EOM_EA_BETA
Controls the number of -electron-attached states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not compute -electron-attached states
OPTIONS:
Number of -electron-attached states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute -electron-attached states for the first irrep,
-electron-attached states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of -electron-attached states in case of
unrestricted or open-shell calculations.
EOM_FAKE_IPEA
EOM_FAKE_IPEA
If TRUE, calculates fake EOM-IP or EOM-EA energies and properties
using the diffuse orbital trick. Default for EOM-EA and Dyson orbital
calculations in CCMAN.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE (use proper EOM-IP code)
OPTIONS:
FALSE, TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
None. This feature only works for CCMAN.
EOM_IPEA_FILTER
EOM_IPEA_FILTER
If TRUE, filters the EOM-IP/EA amplitudes obtained using the diffuse
orbital implementation (see EOM_FAKE_IPEA). Helps with convergence.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE (EOM-IP or EOM-EA amplitudes will not be filtered)
OPTIONS:
FALSE, TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
None
EOM_IP_ALPHA
EOM_IP_ALPHA
Controls the number of -ionized states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not compute -ionized states
OPTIONS:
Number of -ionized states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute -ionized states for the first irrep,
-ionized states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of -ionized states in case of
unrestricted or open-shell calculations.
EOM_IP_BETA
EOM_IP_BETA
Controls the number of -ionized states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not compute -ionized states
OPTIONS:
Number of -ionized states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute -ionized states for the first irrep,
-ionized states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of -ionized states in case of
unrestricted or open-shell calculations.
EOM_NGUESS_DOUBLES
EOM_NGUESS_DOUBLES
Specifies number of excited state guess vectors which are double excitations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Include guess vectors that are double excitations
RECOMMENDATION:
This should be set to the expected number of doubly excited states,
otherwise they may not be found.
EOM_NGUESS_SINGLES
EOM_NGUESS_SINGLES
Specifies number of excited state guess vectors that are single excitations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Equal to the number of excited states requested
OPTIONS:
Include guess vectors that are single excitations
RECOMMENDATION:
Should be greater or equal than the number of excited states requested, unless
.
EOM_POL
EOM_POL
Specifies the approach for calculating the polarizability of the EOM-CCSD wave function.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
(EOM-CCSD polarizability will not be calculated)
OPTIONS:
1
(analytic-derivative or response-theory mixed symmetric-asymmetric approach)
2
(analytic-derivative or response-theory asymmetric approach)
3
(expectation-value approach with right response intermediates)
4
(expectation-value approach with left response intermediates)
RECOMMENDATION:
EOM-CCSD polarizabilities are expensive since they require solving
three/nine (for static) or six/eighteen (for dynamical)
additional response equations. Do no request this property unless you need it.
EOM_PRECONV_DOUBLES
EOM_PRECONV_DOUBLES
When not zero, doubly excited vectors are converged prior to a full excited
states calculation. Sets the maximum number of iterations for pre-converging procedure
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not pre-converge
N
Perform N Davidson iterations pre-converging doubles.
RECOMMENDATION:
Occasionally necessary to ensure a doubly excited state is found. Also used in DSF, DIP, and DEA calculations
instead of EOM_PRECONV_SINGLES
EOM_PRECONV_SD
EOM_PRECONV_SD
When not zero, EOM vectors are pre-converged prior to a full excited states
calculation. Sets the maximum number of iterations for pre-converging
procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
do not pre-converge
N
perform N Davidson iterations pre-converging singles and doubles.
RECOMMENDATION:
Occasionally necessary to ensure that all low-lying states are
found. Also, very useful in EOM(2,3) calculations.
None
EOM_PRECONV_SINGLES
EOM_PRECONV_SINGLES
When not zero, singly excited vectors are converged prior to a full excited
states calculation. Sets the maximum number of iterations for pre-converging
procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
do not pre-converge
1
pre-converge singles
RECOMMENDATION:
Sometimes helps with problematic convergence.
EOM_SHIFT
EOM_SHIFT
Specifies energy shift in EOM calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
corresponds to
hartree shift (i.e., 11000 = 11 hartree); solve for
eigenstates around this value.
RECOMMENDATION:
Not available in CCMAN.
EOM_SINGLE_PREC
EOM_SINGLE_PREC
Precision selection for EOM-CC/MP2 calculations. Available in CCMAN2 only.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
double-precision calculation
OPTIONS:
1
single-precision calculation
2
single-precision calculation is followed by double-precision clean-up iterations
RECOMMENDATION:
Do not set too tight convergence criteria when use single precision
EOM_USER_GUESS
EOM_USER_GUESS
Specifies if user-defined guess will be used in EOM calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Solve for a state that has maximum overlap with a trans-n
specified in $eom_user_guess.
RECOMMENDATION:
The orbitals are ordered by energy, as printed in the beginning of the
CCMAN2 output. Not available in CCMAN.
EPAO_ITERATE
EPAO_ITERATE
Controls iterations for EPAO calculations (see PAO_METHOD).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Use non-iterated EPAOs based on atomic blocks of SPS.
OPTIONS:
Optimize the EPAOs for up to iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. For molecules that are not too large, one can test the
sensitivity of the results to the type of minimal functions by the use of
optimized EPAOs in which case a value of is reasonable.
EPAO_WEIGHTS
EPAO_WEIGHTS
Controls algorithm and weights for EPAO calculations (see PAO_METHOD).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
115
Standard weights, use 1 and 2 order optimization
OPTIONS:
15
Standard weights, with 1 order optimization only.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, unless convergence failure is encountered.
ERCALC
ERCALC
Specifies how Edmiston-Ruedenberg localized orbitals are to be calculated
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
06000
OPTIONS:
specifies the convergence threshold.
If , the threshold is set to . The default is 6.
If , the calculation is aborted after the guess, allowing Pipek-Mezey
orbitals to be extracted.
specifies the guess:
0 Boys localized orbitals. This is the default
1 Pipek-Mezey localized orbitals.
specifies restart options (if restarting from an ER calculation):
0 No restart. This is the default
1 Read in MOs from last ER calculation.
2 Read in MOs and RI integrals from last ER calculation.
specifies how to treat core orbitals
0 Do not perform ER localization. This is the default.
1 Localize core and valence together.
2 Do separate localizations on core and valence.
3 Localize only the valence electrons.
4 Use the $localize section.
RECOMMENDATION:
ERCALC 1 will usually suffice, which uses threshold .
ER_CIS_NUMSTATE
ER_CIS_NUMSTATE
Define how many states to mix with ER localized diabatization. These states must be specified
in the $localized_diabatization section.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform ER localized diabatization.
OPTIONS:
2 to N where N is the number of CIS states requested (CIS_N_ROOTS)
RECOMMENDATION:
It is usually not wise to mix adiabatic states that are separated by more than a few eV
or a typical reorganization energy in solvent.
ESP_CHARGES
ESP_CHARGES
Controls the calculations of Merz-Kollman ESP-derived charges.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
1
Use Lebedev grid points around each atom.
2
Use spherical harmonics grid points around each atom.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
ESP_EFIELD
ESP_EFIELD
Triggers the calculation of the electrostatic potential (ESP) and/or the electric field
at the positions of the MM charges.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Computes ESP only.
1
Computes ESP and electric field.
2
Computes electric field only.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
ESP_GRID
ESP_GRID
Controls evaluation of the electrostatic potential on a grid of points. If
enabled, the output is in an ASCII file, plot.esp, in the format
for each point, where is the ESP.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
-4
OPTIONS:
read grid input via the $plots section of the input deck
same as the option , plus evaluate the ESP of the $external_charges
same as the option but in connection with STATE_ANALYSIS = TRUE.
This computes the ESP for all excited-state densities, transition densities,
and electron/hole densities.
No ESP evaluation
Generate the ESP values at all nuclear positions
+
read grid points in bohr from the ASCII file ESPGrid
RECOMMENDATION:
None
ESP_SURFACE_DENSITY
ESP_SURFACE_DENSITY
Controls the spacing between grid points on vdW surfaces.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
500
OPTIONS:
Spacing of (in Å)
RECOMMENDATION:
The default corresponds to 0.5 Å spacing.
ESP_TRANS
ESP_TRANS
Controls the calculation of the electrostatic potential of the transition density
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
compute the electrostatic potential of the excited state transition density
FALSE
compute the electrostatic potential of the excited state electronic density
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
EXCHANGE
EXCHANGE
Specifies the exchange functional (or most exchange-correlation functionals for backwards compatibility).
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
NAME
Use EXCHANGE = NAME, where NAME is either:
1) One of the exchange functionals listed in Section 5.3.3
2) One of the XC functionals listed in Section 5.3.5
that is not marked with an
asterisk.
3) GEN, for a user-defined functional (see Section 5.3.7).
RECOMMENDATION:
In general, consult the literature to guide your selection. Our recommendations are indicated in bold in Sections 5.3.5 and 5.3.3.
FAST_XAS
FAST_XAS
Controls whether fast TDDFT for core excitations is used.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Normal TDDFT calculation.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use fast TDDFT.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
FAST_XC
FAST_XC
Controls direct variable thresholds to accelerate exchange-correlation (XC) in
DFT.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Turn FAST_XC on.
FALSE
Do not use FAST_XC.
RECOMMENDATION:
Caution: FAST_XC improves the speed of a DFT calculation, but
may occasionally cause the SCF calculation to diverge.
FDE
FDE
Turns density embedding on.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Perform an FDET calculation.
False
Don’t perform FDET calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set the $rem variable FDE to TRUE to start a FDET calculation.
FDIFF_DER
FDIFF_DER
Controls what types of information are used to compute higher
derivatives. The default uses a combination of energy, gradient and Hessian
information, which makes the force field calculation faster.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
for jobs where analytical 2nd derivatives are available.
0
for jobs with ECP.
OPTIONS:
0
Use energy information only.
1
Use gradient information only.
2
Use Hessian information only.
3
Use energy, gradient, and Hessian information.
RECOMMENDATION:
When the molecule is larger than benzene with small basis set,
FDIFF_DER = 2 may be faster. Note that FDIFF_DER will be set
lower if analytic derivatives of the requested order are not available. Please
refers to IDERIV.
FDIFF_STEPSIZE_QFF
FDIFF_STEPSIZE_QFF
Displacement used for calculating third and fourth derivatives by finite difference.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5291
Corresponding to 0.1 bohr. For calculating third and fourth derivatives.
OPTIONS:
Use a step size of .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, unless the potential surface is very flat, in which case a larger value
should be used.
FDIFF_STEPSIZE
FDIFF_STEPSIZE
Displacement used for calculating derivatives by finite difference.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100
Corresponding to 0.001 Å. For calculating second derivatives.
OPTIONS:
Use a step size of .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default except in cases where the potential surface is very flat, in
which case a larger value should be used. See FDIFF_STEPSIZE_QFF for third
and fourth derivatives.
FD_MAT_VEC_PROD
FD_MAT_VEC_PROD
Compute Hessian-vector product using the finite difference technique.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE (TRUE when the employed functional contains non-local correlation (except VV10))
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Compute Hessian-vector product analytically.
TRUE
Use finite difference to compute Hessian-vector product.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set it to TRUE when analytical Hessian is not available.
Note:
For simple R and USCF calculations, it can always be set to FALSE, which
indicates that
only the NLC part will be computed with finite difference (if its analytic
orbital hessian is
unavailable).
FEFP_EFP
FEFP_EFP
Specifies that fEFP_EFP calculation is requested to compute the total
interaction energies between a ligand (the last fragment in the
$efp_fragments section) and the protein (represented by fEFP)
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
OFF
OPTIONS:
OFF
disables fEFP
LA
enables fEFP with the Link Atom (HLA or CLA) scheme (only
electrostatics and polarization)
MFCC
enables fEFP with MFCC (only
electrostatics)
RECOMMENDATION:
The keyword should be invoked if EFP/fEFP is requested (interaction
energy calculations). This keyword has to be employed with
EFP_FRAGMENT_ONLY = TRUE. To switch on/off
electrostatics or polarzation interactions, the usual EFP controls are
employed.
FEFP_QM
FEFP_QM
Specifies that fEFP_QM calculation is requested to perform a
QM/fEFPcompute computation. The fEFP part is a fractionated macromolecule.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
OFF
OPTIONS:
OFF
disables fEFP_QM and performs a QM/EFP calculation
LA
enables fEFP_QM with the Link Atom scheme
RECOMMENDATION:
The keyword should be invoked if QM/fEFP is requested. This keyword has
to be employed with efp_fragment_only false. Only electrostatics is
available.
FOA_FUNDGAP
FOA_FUNDGAP
Compute the frozen-orbital approximation of the fundamental gap.
TYPE:
Boolean
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not compute FOA derivative discontinuity and fundamental gap.
TRUE
Compute and print FOA fundamental gap information. Implies KS_GAP_PRINT.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use in conjunction with KS_GAP_UNIT if true.
FOCK_EXTRAP_ORDER
FOCK_EXTRAP_ORDER
Specifies the polynomial order for Fock matrix extrapolation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform Fock matrix extrapolation.
OPTIONS:
Extrapolate using an th-order polynomial ().
RECOMMENDATION:
None
FOCK_EXTRAP_POINTS
FOCK_EXTRAP_POINTS
Specifies the number of old Fock matrices that are retained for use in
extrapolation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform Fock matrix extrapolation.
OPTIONS:
Save Fock matrices for use in extrapolation
RECOMMENDATION:
Higher-order extrapolations with more saved Fock matrices are faster and
conserve energy better than low-order extrapolations, up to a point. In many
cases, the scheme ( = 6, = 12), in conjunction with
SCF_CONVERGENCE = 6, is found to provide about a 50% savings in
computational cost while still conserving energy.
FOLLOW_ENERGY
FOLLOW_ENERGY
Adjusts the energy window for near states
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use dynamic thresholds, based on energy difference between steps.
Search over selected state .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use a wider energy window to follow a state diabatically, smaller window to
remain on the adiabatic state most of the time.
FOLLOW_OVERLAP
FOLLOW_OVERLAP
Adjusts the threshold for states of similar character.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use dynamic thresholds, based on energy difference between steps.
Percentage overlap for previous step and current step.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use a higher value to require states have higher degree of similarity to be
considered the same (more often selected based on energy).
FON_E_THRESH
FON_E_THRESH
DIIS error below which occupations will be kept constant.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
freeze occupations below DIIS error of
RECOMMENDATION:
This should be one or two numbers bigger than the desired SCF convergence
threshold.
FON_NORB
FON_NORB
Number of orbitals above and below the Fermi level that are allowed to have
fractional occupancies.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
number of active orbitals
RECOMMENDATION:
The number of valence orbitals is a reasonable choice.
FON_T_END
FON_T_END
Final electronic temperature for FON calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Any desired final temperature.
RECOMMENDATION:
Pick the temperature to either reproduce experimental conditions (e.g. room
temperature) or as low as possible to approach zero-temperature.
FON_T_METHOD
FON_T_METHOD
Selects cooling algorithm.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
temperature is scaled by a factor in each cycle
2
temperature is decreased by a constant number in each cycle
RECOMMENDATION:
We have made slightly better experience with a constant cooling rate. However,
choose constant temperature when in doubt.
FON_T_SCALE
FON_T_SCALE
Determines the step size for the cooling.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
90
OPTIONS:
temperature is scaled by in each cycle (cooling method 1)
temperature is decreased by n K in each cycle (cooling method 2)
RECOMMENDATION:
The cooling rate should be neither too slow nor too fast. Too slow may lead to
final energies that are at undesirably high temperatures. Too fast may lead to
convergence issues. Reasonable choices for methods 1 and 2 are 98 and 50,
respectively. When in doubt, use constant temperature.
FON_T_START
FON_T_START
Initial electronic temperature (in K) for FON calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
OPTIONS:
Any desired initial temperature.
RECOMMENDATION:
Pick the temperature to either reproduce experimental conditions (e.g. room
temperature) or as low as possible to approach zero-temperature.
FORCE_FIELD
FORCE_FIELD
Specifies the force field for MM energies in QM/MM calculations.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
AMBER99
AMBER99 force field
CHARMM27
CHARMM27 force field
OPLSAA
OPLSAA force field
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
FORCE_SYMMETRY_ON
FORCE_SYMMETRY_ON
Overrides turning off symmetry in calculations using ghost atoms.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Turn symmetry off when using ghost atoms.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Force symmetry.
FALSE
Do not use symmetry.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless you know what you are doing.
FRACTIONAL_ELECTRON
FRACTIONAL_ELECTRON
Add or subtract a fraction of an electron.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use an integer number of electrons.
Add electrons to the system.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use only if trying to generate plots. If , a fraction of an
electron is removed from the system.
FRAGMO_GUESS_MODE
FRAGMO_GUESS_MODE
Decide what to do regarding the FRAGMO guess in the present job
(for gen_scfman only)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Spawn fragment jobs sequentially and collect the results as the
FRAGMO guess at the end.
1
Generate fragment inputs in folders “FrgX" under the scratch directory of
the present job
and then terminate. Users can then take advantage of a queuing system to run these jobs
simultaneously using “FrgX" as their scratch folders (should be handled
with scripting).
2
Read in the available fragment data.
RECOMMENDATION:
Consider using “1" if the fragment calculations are evenly expensive. Use
“2" when FRAGMO guess is pre-computed.
FRGM_LPCORR
FRGM_LPCORR
Specifies a correction method performed after the locally-projected equations are converged.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
ARS
Approximate Roothaan-step perturbative correction.
RS
Single Roothaan-step perturbative correction.
EXACT_SCF
Full SCF variational correction.
ARS_EXACT_SCF
Both ARS and EXACT_SCF in a single job.
RS_EXACT_SCF
Both RS and EXACT_SCF in a single job.
RECOMMENDATION:
For large basis sets use ARS, use RS if ARS fails.
FRGM_METHOD
FRGM_METHOD
Specifies a locally-projected method.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
STOLL
Locally-projected SCF equations of Stoll are solved.
GIA
Locally-projected SCF equations of Gianinetti are solved.
NOSCF_RS
Single Roothaan-step correction to the FRAGMO initial guess.
NOSCF_ARS
Approximate single Roothaan-step correction to the FRAGMO initial guess.
NOSCF_DRS
Double Roothaan-step correction to the FRAGMO initial guess.
NOSCF_RS_FOCK
Non-converged SCF energy of the single Roothaan-step MOs.
RECOMMENDATION:
STOLL and GIA are for variational optimization of the ALMOs.
NOSCF options are for computationally fast corrections of the
FRAGMO initial guess.
FRZ_GEOM
FRZ_GEOM
Compute forces on the frozen PES.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not compute forces on the frozen PES.
TRUE
Compute forces on the frozen PES.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set it to TRUE when optimized geometry or vibrational frequencies on
the frozen PES are desired.
FRZ_ORTHO_DECOMP_CONV
FRZ_ORTHO_DECOMP_CONV
Convergence criterion for the minimization problem that gives the orthogonal fragment densities.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless tighter convergence is preferred.
FRZ_ORTHO_DECOMP
FRZ_ORTHO_DECOMP
Perform the decomposition of frozen interaction energy based on the orthogonal
decomposition of the 1PDM associated with the frozen wave function.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE (automatically set to TRUE by EDA2 options 1–5)
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform the orthogonal decomposition.
TRUE
Perform the frozen energy decomposition using orthogonal fragment densities.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default value automatically set by “EDA2". Note that users are allowed to turn off the
orthogonal decomposition by setting FRZ_ORTHO_DECOMP to . Also, for
calculations that involve ECPs, it is automatically set to FALSE since unreasonable
results will be produced otherwise.
FSM_MODE
FSM_MODE
Specifies the method of interpolation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
1
Cartesian
2
LST
RECOMMENDATION:
In most cases, LST is superior to Cartesian interpolation.
FSM_NGRAD
FSM_NGRAD
Specifies the number of perpendicular gradient steps used to optimize each node
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Undefined
OPTIONS:
Number of perpendicular gradients per node
RECOMMENDATION:
Anything between 2 and 6 should work, where increasing the number is only
needed for difficult reaction paths.
FSM_NNODE
FSM_NNODE
Specifies the number of nodes along the string
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Undefined
OPTIONS:
number of nodes in FSM calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
. Use 10 to 20 nodes for a typical calculation. Reaction paths that
connect multiple elementary steps should be separated into individual
elementary steps, and one FSM job run for each pair of intermediates. Use a
higher number when the FSM is followed by an approximate-Hessian based
transition state search (Section 9.3.3).
FSM_OPT_MODE
FSM_OPT_MODE
Specifies the method of optimization
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Undefined
OPTIONS:
1
Conjugate gradients
2
Quasi-Newton method with BFGS Hessian update
RECOMMENDATION:
The quasi-Newton method is more efficient when the number of nodes is high.
FSSH_CONTINUE
FSSH_CONTINUE
Restart a FSSH calculation from a previous run, using the file 396.0. When this is enabled,
the initial conditions of the surface hopping calculation will be set, including the correct
wave function amplitudes, initial surface, and position/momentum moments (if AFSSH) from the
final step of some prior calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Start fresh calculation.
Restart from previous run.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
FSSH_INITIALSURFACE
FSSH_INITIALSURFACE
Specifies the initial state in a surface hopping calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
An integer between FSSH_LOWESTSURFACE and FSSH_LOWESTSURFACE
FSSH_NSURFACES .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
FSSH_LOWESTSURFACE
FSSH_LOWESTSURFACE
Specifies the lowest-energy state considered in a surface hopping calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Only states and above are considered in a FSSH calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
FSSH_NSURFACES
FSSH_NSURFACES
Specifies the number of states considered in a surface hopping calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
states are considered in the surface hopping calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Any states which may come close in energy to the active surface should
be included in the surface hopping calculation.
FTC_CLASS_THRESH_MULT
FTC_CLASS_THRESH_MULT
Together with FTC_CLASS_THRESH_ORDER, determines the cutoff
threshold for included a shell-pair in the class, i.e., the class that
is expanded in terms of plane waves.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
Multiplicative part of the FTC classification threshold. Together with
the default value of the FTC_CLASS_THRESH_ORDER this leads to
the threshold value.
OPTIONS:
User specified.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. If diffuse basis sets are used and the molecule is relatively
big then tighter FTC classification threshold has to be used. According to our
experiments using Pople-type diffuse basis sets, the default value provides accurate result for an alanine5 molecule while threshold value for alanine10 and value for
alanine15 has to be used.
FTC_CLASS_THRESH_ORDER
FTC_CLASS_THRESH_ORDER
Together with FTC_CLASS_THRESH_MULT, determines the cutoff
threshold for included a shell-pair in the class, i.e., the class that
is expanded in terms of plane waves.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
Logarithmic part of the FTC classification threshold. Corresponds to
OPTIONS:
User specified
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
FTC_SMALLMOL
FTC_SMALLMOL
Controls whether or not the operator is evaluated on a large grid and stored in
memory to speed up the calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Use a big pre-calculated array to speed up the FTC calculations
0
Use this option to save some memory
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default if possible and use 0 (or buy some more memory) when
needed.
FTC
FTC
Controls the overall use of the FTC.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not use FTC in the Coulomb part
1
Use FTC in the Coulomb part
RECOMMENDATION:
Use FTC when bigger and/or diffuse basis sets are used.
GAUSSIAN_BLUR
GAUSSIAN_BLUR
Enables the use of Gaussian-delocalized external charges in a QM/MM calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Delocalizes external charges with Gaussian functions.
FALSE
Point charges
RECOMMENDATION:
None
GAUSS_BLUR_WIDTH
GAUSS_BLUR_WIDTH
Delocalization width for external MM Gaussian charges in a Janus calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
Use a width of Å.
RECOMMENDATION:
Blur all MM external charges in a QM/MM calculation with the specified width.
Gaussian blurring is currently incompatible with PCM calculations. Values of
1.0–2.0 Å are recommended in Ref.
259
J. Chem. Phys.
(2002),
117,
pp. 10534.
Link
.
GEN_SCFMAN_ALGO_1
GEN_SCFMAN_ALGO_1
The first algorithm to be used in a hybrid-algorithm calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
All the available SCF_ALGORITHM options, including the GEN_SCFMAN
additions (Section 4.3).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
GEN_SCFMAN_CONV_1
GEN_SCFMAN_CONV_1
The convergence criterion given to the first algorithm. If reached, switch to
the next algorithm.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
10
RECOMMENDATION:
None
GEN_SCFMAN_HYBRID_ALGO
GEN_SCFMAN_HYBRID_ALGO
Use multiple algorithms in an SCF calculation based on GEN_SCFMAN.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use a single SCF algorithm (given by SCF_ALGORITHM).
TRUE
Use multiple SCF algorithms (to be specified).
RECOMMENDATION:
Set it to TRUE when the use of more than one algorithm is desired.
GEN_SCFMAN_ITER_1
GEN_SCFMAN_ITER_1
Maximum number of iterations given to the first algorithm. If used up, switch
to the next algorithm.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None
GEN_SCFMAN
GEN_SCFMAN
Use GEN_SCFMAN for the present SCF calculation.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use the previous SCF code.
TRUE
Use GEN_SCFMAN.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to FALSE in cases where features not yet supported by GEN_SCFMAN are needed.
GEOM_OPT_CHARAC_CONV
GEOM_OPT_CHARAC_CONV
Overide the built-in convergence criterion for the Davidson solver.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (use the built-in default value 10)
OPTIONS:
Set the convergence criterion to 10.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. If it fails to converge, consider loosening the criterion with caution.
GEOM_OPT_CHARAC
GEOM_OPT_CHARAC
Use the finite difference Davidson method to characterize the resulting energy
minimum/transition state.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
do not characterize the resulting stationary point.
TRUE
perform a characterization of the stationary point.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set it to TRUE when the character of a stationary point needs to be
verified, especially for a transition structure.
GEOM_OPT_COORDS
GEOM_OPT_COORDS
Controls the type of optimization coordinates.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
Optimize in Cartesian coordinates.
1
Generate and optimize in internal coordinates, if this fails abort.
1
Generate and optimize in internal coordinates, if this fails at any stage of the
optimization, switch to Cartesian and continue.
2
Optimize in -matrix coordinates, if this fails abort.
2
Optimize in -matrix coordinates, if this fails during any stage of the
optimization switch to Cartesians and continue.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, as delocalized internals are more efficient. Note that
optimization in -matrix coordinates requires that the input be specified in
-matrix format.
GEOM_OPT_DMAX
GEOM_OPT_DMAX
Maximum allowed step size. Value supplied is multiplied by 10.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300
= 0.3
OPTIONS:
User-defined cutoff.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
GEOM_OPT_DRIVER
GEOM_OPT_DRIVER
Controls the geometry optimization driver.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
LIBOPT3
OPTIONS:
Optimize
Use Optimize driver from 1996
Libopt3
Use Libopt3 driver from 2022
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable controls the geometry optimization driver. This variable takes
precedent for deciding the geometry optimization driver, important to note
that Libopt3 driver is still being actively developed and certain functionality may not work as intended.
GEOM_OPT_HESSIAN
GEOM_OPT_HESSIAN
Determines the initial Hessian status.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
DIAGONAL
OPTIONS:
DIAGONAL
Set up diagonal Hessian.
READ
Have exact or initial Hessian. Use as is if Cartesian, or transform
if internals.
RECOMMENDATION:
An accurate initial Hessian will improve the performance of the optimizer, but is
expensive to compute.
GEOM_OPT_LINEAR_ANGLE
GEOM_OPT_LINEAR_ANGLE
Threshold for near linear bond angles (degrees).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
165 degrees.
OPTIONS:
User-defined level.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
GEOM_OPT_MAX_CYCLES
GEOM_OPT_MAX_CYCLES
Maximum number of optimization cycles.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
User defined positive integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
The default should be sufficient for most cases. Increase if the initial
guess geometry is poor, or for systems with shallow potential wells.
GEOM_OPT_MAX_DIIS
GEOM_OPT_MAX_DIIS
Controls maximum size of subspace for GDIIS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not use GDIIS.
-1
Default size = min(NDEG, NATOMS, 4) NDEG = number of molecular
degrees of freedom.
Size specified by user.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default or do not set too large.
GEOM_OPT_MODE
GEOM_OPT_MODE
Determines Hessian mode followed during a transition state search.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Mode following off.
Maximize along mode .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, for geometry optimizations.
GEOM_OPT_PRINT
GEOM_OPT_PRINT
Controls the amount of Optimize print output.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
Error messages, summary, warning, standard information and gradient print
out.
OPTIONS:
0
Error messages only.
1
Level 0 plus summary and warning print out.
2
Level 1 plus standard information.
3
Level 2 plus gradient print out.
4
Level 3 plus Hessian print out.
5
Level 4 plus iterative print out.
6
Level 5 plus internal generation print out.
7
Debug print out.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
GEOM_OPT_SYMFLAG
GEOM_OPT_SYMFLAG
Controls the use of symmetry in Optimize.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Make use of point group symmetry.
FALSE
Do not make use of point group symmetry.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
GEOM_OPT_TOL_DISPLACEMENT
GEOM_OPT_TOL_DISPLACEMENT
Convergence on maximum atomic displacement.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1200 tolerance on maximum atomic displacement.
OPTIONS:
Integer value (tolerance = ).
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. To converge GEOM_OPT_TOL_GRADIENT and one of
GEOM_OPT_TOL_DISPLACEMENT and GEOM_OPT_TOL_ENERGY
must be satisfied.
GEOM_OPT_TOL_ENERGY
GEOM_OPT_TOL_ENERGY
Convergence on energy change of successive optimization cycles.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100 tolerance on maximum (absolute) energy change.
OPTIONS:
Integer value (tolerance = value ).
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. To converge GEOM_OPT_TOL_GRADIENT and one of
GEOM_OPT_TOL_DISPLACEMENT and GEOM_OPT_TOL_ENERGY
must be satisfied.
GEOM_OPT_TOL_GRADIENT
GEOM_OPT_TOL_GRADIENT
Convergence on maximum gradient component.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300
tolerance on maximum gradient component.
OPTIONS:
Integer value (tolerance = ).
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. To converge GEOM_OPT_TOL_GRADIENT and one of
GEOM_OPT_TOL_DISPLACEMENT and GEOM_OPT_TOL_ENERGY
must be satisfied.
GEOM_OPT_UPDATE
GEOM_OPT_UPDATE
Controls the Hessian update algorithm.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
-1
OPTIONS:
-1
Use the default update algorithm.
0
Do not update the Hessian (not recommended).
1
Murtagh-Sargent update.
2
Powell update.
3
Powell/Murtagh-Sargent update (TS default).
4
BFGS update (OPT default).
5
BFGS with safeguards to ensure retention of positive definiteness
(GDIIS default).
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
GEOM_PRINT
GEOM_PRINT
Controls the amount of geometric information printed at each step.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Prints out all geometric information; bond distances, angles, torsions.
FALSE
Normal printing of distance matrix.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use if you want to be able to quickly examine geometric parameters at the
beginning and end of optimizations. Only prints in the beginning of single
point energy calculations.
GHF
GHF
Run a generalized Hartree-Fock calculation with GEN_SCFMAN.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Run a GHF calculation.
FALSE
Do not use GHF.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if desired.
GRAIN
GRAIN
Controls the number of lowest-level boxes in one dimension for CFMM.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
-1
Program decides best value, turning on CFMM when useful
OPTIONS:
-1
Program decides best value, turning on CFMM when useful
1
Do not use CFMM
Use CFMM with lowest-level boxes in one dimension
RECOMMENDATION:
This is an expert option; either use the default, or use a value of 1 if CFMM
is not desired.
GVB_AMP_SCALE
GVB_AMP_SCALE
Scales the default orbital amplitude iteration step size by /1000 for IP/RCC.
PP amplitude equations are solved analytically, so this parameter does not
affect PP.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
Corresponding to 100%
OPTIONS:
User-defined, 0–1000
RECOMMENDATION:
Default is usually fine, but in some highly-correlated
systems it can help with convergence to use smaller values.
GVB_DO_ROHF
GVB_DO_ROHF
Sets the number of Unrestricted-in-Active Pairs to be kept restricted.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-Defined
RECOMMENDATION:
If is the same value as GVB_N_PAIRS returns the ROHF solution
for GVB, only works with the UNRESTRICTED = TRUE
implementation of GVB with GVB_OLD_UPP = 0 (its default value)
GVB_DO_SANO
GVB_DO_SANO
Sets the scheme used in determining the active virtual orbitals
in a Unrestricted-in-Active Pairs GVB calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
0
No localization or Sano procedure
1
Only localizes the active virtual orbitals
2
Uses the Sano procedure
RECOMMENDATION:
Different initial guesses can sometimes lead to different solutions. Disabling
sometimes can aid in finding more non-local solutions for the orbitals.
GVB_GUESS_MIX
GVB_GUESS_MIX
Similar to SCF_GUESS_MIX, it breaks alpha/beta symmetry for UPP by
mixing the alpha HOMO and LUMO orbitals according to the user-defined fraction
of LUMO to add the HOMO. 100 corresponds to a 1:1 ratio of HOMO and LUMO in
the mixed orbitals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined,
RECOMMENDATION:
25 often works well to break symmetry without overly
impeding convergence.
GVB_LOCAL
GVB_LOCAL
Sets the localization scheme used in the initial guess wave function.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
Pipek-Mezey orbitals
OPTIONS:
0
No Localization
1
Boys localized orbitals
2
Pipek-Mezey orbitals
RECOMMENDATION:
Different initial guesses can sometimes lead to different solutions.
It can be helpful to try both to ensure the global minimum has been found.
GVB_N_PAIRS
GVB_N_PAIRS
Alternative to CC_REST_OCC and CC_REST_VIR for setting
active space size in GVB and valence coupled cluster methods.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
PP active space (1 occ and 1 virt for each valence electron pair)
OPTIONS:
user-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless one wants to study a special active space. When using
small active spaces, it is important to ensure that the proper orbitals are
incorporated in the active space. If not, use the $reorder_mo feature to adjust
the SCF orbitals appropriately.
GVB_OLD_UPP
GVB_OLD_UPP
Which unrestricted algorithm to use for GVB.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use Unrestricted-in-Active Pairs described in Ref.
679
J. Phys. Chem. A
(2010),
114,
pp. 2930.
Link
1
Use Unrestricted Implementation described in Ref.
93
J. Phys. Chem. A
(2005),
109,
pp. 9183.
Link
RECOMMENDATION:
Only works for Unrestricted PP and no other GVB model.
GVB_ORB_CONV
GVB_ORB_CONV
The GVB-CC wave function is considered converged when the root-mean-square
orbital gradient and orbital step sizes are less than
. Adjust THRESH simultaneously.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 6 for PP(2) jobs or geometry optimizations.
Tighter convergence (i.e. 7 or higher) cannot always be reliably achieved.
GVB_ORB_MAX_ITER
GVB_ORB_MAX_ITER
Controls the number of orbital iterations allowed in GVB-CC calculations.
Some jobs, particularly unrestricted PP jobs can require 500–1000 iterations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
256
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Default is typically adequate, but some jobs, particularly UPP jobs, can
require 500–1000 iterations if converged tightly.
GVB_ORB_SCALE
GVB_ORB_SCALE
Scales the default orbital step size by /1000.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
Corresponding to 100%
OPTIONS:
User-defined, 0–1000
RECOMMENDATION:
Default is usually fine, but for some stretched geometries it
can help with convergence to use smaller values.
GVB_POWER
GVB_POWER
Coefficient for GVB_IP exchange type amplitude regularization
to improve the convergence of the amplitude equations especially
for spin-unrestricted amplitudes near dissociation. This is the
leading coefficient for an amplitude dampening term included in
the energy denominator: -(/10000)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Should be decreased if unrestricted amplitudes do not converge or
converge slowly at dissociation, and should be kept even valued.
GVB_PRINT
GVB_PRINT
Controls the amount of information printed during a GVB-CC job.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Should never need to go above 0 or 1.
GVB_REGULARIZE
GVB_REGULARIZE
Coefficient for GVB_IP exchange type amplitude regularization
to improve the convergence of the amplitude equations especially
for spin-unrestricted amplitudes near dissociation. This is the
leading coefficient for an amplitude dampening term
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
For restricted
1
For unrestricted
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Should be increased if unrestricted amplitudes do not converge or
converge slowly at dissociation. Set this to zero to remove
all dynamically-valued amplitude regularization.
GVB_REORDER_1
GVB_REORDER_1
Tells the code which two pairs to swap first.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined XXXYYY
RECOMMENDATION:
This is in the format of two 3-digit pair indices that
tell the code to swap pair XXX with YYY, for example swapping
pair 1 and 2 would get the input 001002. Must be specified
in GVB_REORDER_PAIRS 1.
GVB_REORDER_2
GVB_REORDER_2
Tells the code which two pairs to swap second.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined XXXYYY
RECOMMENDATION:
This is in the format of two 3-digit pair indices that tell the code to swap
pair XXX with YYY, for example swapping pair 1 and 2 would get the input
001002. Must be specified in GVB_REORDER_PAIRS 2.
GVB_REORDER_3
GVB_REORDER_3
Tells the code which two pairs to swap third.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined XXXYYY
RECOMMENDATION:
This is in the format of two 3-digit pair indices that tell the code to swap
pair XXX with YYY, for example swapping pair 1 and 2 would get the input
001002. Must be specified in GVB_REORDER_PAIRS 3.
GVB_REORDER_4
GVB_REORDER_4
Tells the code which two pairs to swap fourth.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined XXXYYY
RECOMMENDATION:
This is in the format of two 3-digit pair indices that tell the code to swap
pair XXX with YYY, for example swapping pair 1 and 2 would get the input
001002. Must be specified in GVB_REORDER_PAIRS 4.
GVB_REORDER_5
GVB_REORDER_5
Tells the code which two pairs to swap fifth.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined XXXYYY
RECOMMENDATION:
This is in the format of two 3-digit pair indices that tell the code to swap
pair XXX with YYY, for example swapping pair 1 and 2 would get the input
001002. Must be specified in GVB_REORDER_PAIRS 5.
GVB_REORDER_PAIRS
GVB_REORDER_PAIRS
Tells the code how many GVB pairs to switch around.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
This allows for the user to change the order the active
pairs are placed in after the orbitals are read in or are
guessed using localization and the Sano procedure. Up to 5
sequential pair swaps can be made, but it is best to leave this alone.
GVB_RESTART
GVB_RESTART
Restart a job from previously-converged GVB-CC orbitals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Useful when trying to converge to the same GVB
solution at slightly different geometries, for example.
GVB_SHIFT
GVB_SHIFT
Value for a statically valued energy shift in the energy
denominator used to solve the coupled cluster amplitude equations, /10000.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Default is fine, can be used in lieu of the dynamically
valued amplitude regularization if it does not aid convergence.
GVB_SYMFIX
GVB_SYMFIX
Should GVB use a symmetry breaking fix.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
no symmetry breaking fix
1
symmetry breaking fix with virtual orbitals spanning the active space
2
symmetry breaking fix with virtual orbitals spanning the whole virtual space
RECOMMENDATION:
It is best to stick with type 1 to get a symmetry breaking correction
with the best results coming from CORRELATION = NP and
GVB_SYMFIX = 1.
GVB_SYMPEN
GVB_SYMPEN
Sets the pre-factor for the amplitude regularization term for the SB amplitudes.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
160
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Sets the pre-factor for the amplitude regularization term for
the SB amplitudes: .
GVB_SYMSCA
GVB_SYMSCA
Sets the weight for the amplitude regularization term for the SB amplitudes.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
125
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Sets the weight for the amplitude regularization term for the SB amplitudes:
.
GVB_TRUNC_OCC
GVB_TRUNC_OCC
Controls how many pairs’ occupied orbitals are truncated from the GVB active space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
This allows for asymmetric GVB active spaces removing the
lowest energy occupied orbitals from the GVB active space
while leaving their paired virtual orbitals in the active space.
Only the models including the SIP and DIP amplitudes (i.e. NP and 2P)
benefit from this all other models this equivalent to just
reducing the total number of pairs.
GVB_TRUNC_VIR
GVB_TRUNC_VIR
Controls how many pairs’ virtual orbitals are truncated from the GVB active space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
This allows for asymmetric GVB active spaces removing
the highest energy occupied orbitals from the GVB
active space while leaving their paired virtual orbitals
in the active space. Only the models including the SIP
and DIP amplitudes (i.e. NP and 2P) benefit from this all
other models this equivalent to just reducing the total number of pairs.
GVB_UNRESTRICTED
GVB_UNRESTRICTED
Controls restricted versus unrestricted PP jobs. Usually handled
automatically.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
same value as UNRESTRICTED
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Set this variable explicitly only to do a UPP job from an RHF
or ROHF initial guess. Leave this variable alone and specify
UNRESTRICTED = TRUE to access the new unrestricted-in-active-pairs
GVB code which can return an RHF or ROHF solution if used with GVB_DO_ROHF
G_TENSOR
G_TENSOR
Activates g-tensor calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Don’t calculate g-tensor
TRUE (or 1)
Calculate g-tensor.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
HBCI_EPS1
HBCI_EPS1
Determines dimension of HBCI space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
OPTIONS:
HBCI in E
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default or 500 for tighter convergence.
HESS_AND_GRAD
HESS_AND_GRAD
Enables the evaluation of both analytical gradient and Hessian in a single job
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Evaluates both gradient and Hessian.
FALSE
Evaluates Hessian only.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use only in a frequency (and thus Hessian) evaluation.
HFK_LR_COEF
HFK_LR_COEF
Sets the coefficient for long-range HF exchange
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100000000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HFK_SR_COEF
HFK_SR_COEF
Sets the coefficient for short-range HF exchange
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HFPT_BASIS
HFPT_BASIS
Specifies the secondary basis in a HFPC/DFPC calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
None
RECOMMENDATION:
See reference for recommended basis set, functional, and grid pairings.
HFPT
HFPT
Activates HFPC/DFPC calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
Single-point energy only
RECOMMENDATION:
Use Dual-Basis to capture large-basis effects at smaller basis cost. See
reference for recommended basis set, functional, and grid pairings.
HF_LR
HF_LR
Sets the fraction of Hartree-Fock exchange at .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to HF_LR =
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HF_SR
HF_SR
Sets the fraction of Hartree-Fock exchange at .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to HF_SR =
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HIRSHFELD_CONV
HIRSHFELD_CONV
Set different SCF convergence criterion for the calculation of the single-atom
Hirshfeld calculations
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
same as SCF_CONVERGENCE
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
5
HIRSHFELD_READ
HIRSHFELD_READ
Switch to force reading in of isolated atomic densities.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Read in isolated atomic densities from previous Hirshfeld calculation from disk.
FALSE
Generate new isolated atomic densities.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless system is large. Note, atoms should be in the same
order with same basis set used as in the previous Hirshfeld calculation
(although coordinates can change). The previous calculation should be run with
the -save switch.
HIRSHFELD_SPHAVG
HIRSHFELD_SPHAVG
Controls whether atomic densities should be spherically averaged in pro-molecule.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Spherically average atomic densities.
FALSE
Do not spherically average.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
HIRSHFELD
HIRSHFELD
Controls running of Hirshfeld population analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculate Hirshfeld populations.
FALSE
Do not calculate Hirshfeld populations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HIRSHITER_THRESH
HIRSHITER_THRESH
Controls the convergence criterion of iterative Hirshfeld population analysis.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to the convergence criterion of , in .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, which is the value recommended in Ref.
145
J. Chem. Phys.
(2007),
126,
pp. 144111.
Link
HIRSHITER
HIRSHITER
Controls running of iterative Hirshfeld population analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculate iterative Hirshfeld populations.
FALSE
Do not calculate iterative Hirshfeld populations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
HIRSHMOD
HIRSHMOD
Apply modifiers to the free-atom volumes used in the calculation of the scaled
TS-vdW parameters
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
0
Do not apply modifiers to the Hirshfeld volumes.
1
Apply built-in modifier to H.
2
Apply built-in modifier to H and C.
3
Apply built-in modifier to H, C and N.
4
Apply built-in modifier to H, C, N and O
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default
IDERIV
IDERIV
Controls the order of derivatives that are evaluated analytically. The user
is not normally required to specify a value, unless numerical derivatives
are desired. The derivatives will be evaluated numerically if IDERIV
is set lower than JOBTYPE requires.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Set to the order of derivative that JOBTYPE requires
OPTIONS:
2
Analytic second derivatives of the energy (Hessian)
1
Analytic first derivatives of the energy.
0
Analytic energies only.
RECOMMENDATION:
Usually set to the maximum possible for efficiency. Note that IDERIV
will be set lower if analytic derivatives of the requested order are not
available.
IFCI_NO_THRESH
IFCI_NO_THRESH
Equivalent to HBCI for increment-specific NO generation step.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
OPTIONS:
in E
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to equal HBCI_EPS1.
IFCI_OCC
IFCI_OCC
Specifies the number of active occupied orbitals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Full valence.
OPTIONS:
Include orbitals in the active space
Full valence
RECOMMENDATION:
Use full valence active space.
IFCI_PRINT
IFCI_PRINT
Larger number gives more output.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
1
Minimal output
2
Readable output
3
Extra output
4
Excessive output
5+
Bug testing output
RECOMMENDATION:
2 is recommended, 1-3 is appropriate, larger than 4 is unnecessary (consider yourself warned).
IFCI_QUAD_SCREEN
IFCI_QUAD_SCREEN
Cutoff () for determining if a 4-body term is significant.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
IFCI_TRIPLES_SCREEN
OPTIONS:
where in E
RECOMMENDATION:
Same as IFCI_TRIPLES_SCREEN but note that -body terms are significantly more costly.
IFCI_READ
IFCI_READ
Restarts iFCI with existing TUPLES_1E_DATA file, if it exists.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Start from scratch
1
Restart from previous file
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 0 if no previous run files exist. Use 1 if intending to restart from previous data.
IFCI_REF_ITER
IFCI_REF_ITER
Use HF or PP reference density.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
HF
1
PP
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 0.
IFCI_STATE_ADD
IFCI_STATE_ADD
Adds additional states to HBCI solver when there is degeneracy amongst states.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
Add states within mE
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default unless it is known that degenerate states are present.
IFCI_TRIPLES_SCREEN
IFCI_TRIPLES_SCREEN
Cutoff () for determining if a 3-body term is significant.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
OPTIONS:
where in E
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless looser (higher ) or tighter (lower ) consideration of triads for a given system is desired. Setting to 0 computes all triads (costly).
IFCI_TRIPLETS
IFCI_TRIPLETS
Set state to solve.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Singlet
1
Triplet
2
Quintet
RECOMMENDATION:
None
IFCI_TUPLES
IFCI_TUPLES
Level of -body expansion to solve. Note that can be computationally costly.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Must be set.
OPTIONS:
1
2
3
4
RECOMMENDATION:
Use for initial system analysis, for higher accuracy.
IFCI_TUPLE_THRESH
IFCI_TUPLE_THRESH
Collapse near-degenerate geminals within threshold into one body.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2500
OPTIONS:
in E
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default unless there are sets of highly correlating occupied orbitals.
IFCI_ZETA
IFCI_ZETA
Convergence for each iFCI increment. Note that the format is IFCI_ZETA.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
55
OPTIONS:
45
Loose
55
Moderate
65
Tight
75
Tighter
85
Quite tight
95
Maximum
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 65 and increase to 75 to check convergence.
IGNORE_LOW_FREQ
IGNORE_LOW_FREQ
Low frequencies that should be treated as rotation can be ignored during
anharmonic correction calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300
Corresponding to 300 cm.
OPTIONS:
Any mode with harmonic frequency less than will be ignored.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
INCDFT_DENDIFF_THRESH
INCDFT_DENDIFF_THRESH
Sets the threshold for screening density matrix values in the IncDFT procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
SCF_CONVERGENCE + 3
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a threshold of .
RECOMMENDATION:
If the default value causes convergence problems, set this value higher to
tighten the threshold.
INCDFT_DENDIFF_VARTHRESH
INCDFT_DENDIFF_VARTHRESH
Sets the lower bound for the variable threshold for screening density matrix
values in the IncDFT procedure. The threshold will begin at this value and
then vary depending on the error in the current SCF iteration until the value
specified by INCDFT_DENDIFF_THRESH is reached. This means this
value must be set lower than INCDFT_DENDIFF_THRESH.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Variable threshold is not used.
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a threshold of .
RECOMMENDATION:
If the default value causes convergence problems, set this value higher
to tighten accuracy. If this fails, set to 0 and use a static threshold.
INCDFT_GRIDDIFF_THRESH
INCDFT_GRIDDIFF_THRESH
Sets the threshold for screening functional values in the IncDFT procedure
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
SCF_CONVERGENCE + 3
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a threshold of .
RECOMMENDATION:
If the default value causes convergence problems, set this value higher to
tighten the threshold.
INCDFT_GRIDDIFF_VARTHRESH
INCDFT_GRIDDIFF_VARTHRESH
Sets the lower bound for the variable threshold for screening the functional
values in the IncDFT procedure. The threshold will begin at this value and
then vary depending on the error in the current SCF iteration until the value
specified by INCDFT_GRIDDIFF_THRESH is reached. This means that
this value must be set lower than INCDFT_GRIDDIFF_THRESH.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Variable threshold is not used.
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to a threshold of .
RECOMMENDATION:
If the default value causes convergence problems, set this value higher
to tighten accuracy. If this fails, set to 0 and use a static threshold.
INCDFT
INCDFT
Toggles the use of the IncDFT procedure for DFT energy calculations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not use IncDFT
TRUE
Use IncDFT
RECOMMENDATION:
Turning this option on can lead to faster SCF calculations, particularly
towards the end of the SCF. Please note that for some systems use of this
option may lead to convergence problems.
INCFOCK
INCFOCK
Iteration number after which the incremental Fock matrix algorithm is
initiated
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
Start INCFOCK after iteration number 1
OPTIONS:
User-defined (0 switches INCFOCK off)
RECOMMENDATION:
May be necessary to allow several iterations before switching on INCFOCK.
INTEGRALS_BUFFER
INTEGRALS_BUFFER
Controls the size of in-core integral storage buffer.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
15
15 Megabytes.
OPTIONS:
User defined size.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, or consult your systems administrator for hardware limits.
INTEGRAL_2E_OPR
INTEGRAL_2E_OPR
Determines the two-electron operator.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
-2
Coulomb Operator.
OPTIONS:
-1
Apply the CASE approximation.
-2
Coulomb Operator.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless the CASE operator is desired.
INTERNAL_STABILITY_CONV
INTERNAL_STABILITY_CONV
Convergence criterion for the Davidson solver (for the lowest eigenvalues).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4 (3 when FD_MAT_VEC_PROD = TRUE)
OPTIONS:
Terminate Davidson iterations when the norm of the residual vector is below 10.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
INTERNAL_STABILITY_DAVIDSON_ITER
INTERNAL_STABILITY_DAVIDSON_ITER
Maximum number of Davidson iterations allowed in one stability analysis.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
Perform up to Davidson iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
INTERNAL_STABILITY_ITER
INTERNAL_STABILITY_ITER
Maximum number of new SCF calculations permitted after the first stability
analysis is performed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (automatically set to 1 if INTERNAL_STABILITY = TRUE)
OPTIONS:
new SCF calculations permitted.
RECOMMENDATION:
Give a larger number if 1 is not enough (still unstable).
INTERNAL_STABILITY_ROOTS
INTERNAL_STABILITY_ROOTS
Number of lowest Hessian eigenvalues to solve for.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
Solve for lowest eigenvalues.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
INTERNAL_STABILITY
INTERNAL_STABILITY
Perform internal stability analysis in GEN_SCFMAN.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform internal stability analysis after convergence.
TRUE
Perform internal stability analysis and generate the corrected MOs.
RECOMMENDATION:
Turn it on when the SCF solution is prone to unstable solutions, especially
for open-shell species.
INTRACULE
INTRACULE
Controls whether intracule properties are calculated (see also the
$intracule section).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
No intracule properties.
TRUE
Evaluate intracule properties.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
IP_ALPHA
IP_ALPHA
Sets the number of ionized target states derived by removing electron
().
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any IP/ states.
OPTIONS:
Find ionized states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
IP_BETA
IP_BETA
Sets the number of ionized target states derived by removing electron
(, default for EOM-IP).
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not look for any IP/ states.
OPTIONS:
Find ionized states in the first irrep, states
in the second irrep etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
IP_STATES
IP_STATES
Controls the number of ionized states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform an IP-ADC calculation
OPTIONS:
Number of states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute states for the first irrep, states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of ionized states in case of
restricted calculations.
IQMOL_FCHK
IQMOL_FCHK
Controls printing of a formatted checkpoint file that can be read by the IQmol program.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Do not generate the checkpoint file.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Generate a checkpoint file named inputfilename.fchk.
RECOMMENDATION:
For many Q-Chem jobs there is no reason not to generate the checkpoint file.
Note that GUI = 2 (used by IQmol) is synonymous with
IQMOL_FCHK = TRUE.
ISOTOPES
ISOTOPES
Specifies if non-default masses are to be used in the frequency calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use default masses only.
TRUE
Read isotope masses from $isotopes section.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
JOBTYPE
JOBTYPE
Specifies the calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
Default is single-point, which should be changed to one of the following options.
OPTIONS:
OPT
Equilibrium structure optimization.
TS
Transition structure optimization.
RPATH
Intrinsic reaction path following.
RECOMMENDATION:
Application-dependent.
KS_GAP_PRINT
KS_GAP_PRINT
Control printing of (generalized Kohn-Sham) HOMO-LUMO gap information.
TYPE:
Boolean
DEFAULT:
false
OPTIONS:
false
(default) do not print gap information
true
print gap information
RECOMMENDATION:
Use in conjunction with KS_GAP_UNIT if true.
KS_GAP_UNIT
KS_GAP_UNIT
Unit for KS_GAP_PRINT and FOA_FUNDGAP (see Section 5.12.2)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
(default) hartrees
1
eV
RECOMMENDATION:
none
LB94_BETA
LB94_BETA
Sets the parameter for the LB94 XC potential
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
500
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
LIBPT_MIXED_PRECISION
LIBPT_MIXED_PRECISION
Deploys single-precision evaluation of (T) and (fT) within libpt.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
do not use single precision
OPTIONS:
1
use single precision
RECOMMENDATION:
Use in combination with USE_LIBPT.
LINK_ATOM_PROJECTION
LINK_ATOM_PROJECTION
Controls whether to perform a link-atom projection
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Performs the projection
FALSE
No projection
RECOMMENDATION:
Necessary in a full QM/MM Hessian evaluation on a system with link atoms
LIN_K
LIN_K
Controls whether linear scaling evaluation of exact exchange (LinK) is used.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
Program chooses, switching on LinK whenever CFMM is used.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use LinK
FALSE
Do not use LinK
RECOMMENDATION:
Use for HF and hybrid DFT calculations with large numbers of atoms.
LOBA_THRESH
LOBA_THRESH
Specifies the thresholds to use for LOBA
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6015
OPTIONS:
specifies the threshold to use for localization
specifies the threshold to use for occupation
Both are given as percentages.
RECOMMENDATION:
Decrease to see the smaller contributions to orbitals. Values of
between 40 and 75 have been shown to given meaningful results.
LOBA
LOBA
Specifies the methods to use for LOBA
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
00
OPTIONS:
specifies the localization method
0 Perform Boys localization.
1 Perform PM localization.
2 Perform ER localization.
specifies the population analysis method
0 Do not perform LOBA. This is the default.
1 Use Mulliken population analysis.
2 Use Löwdin population analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
Boys Localization is the fastest. ER will require an auxiliary basis set.
LOBA 12 provides a reasonable speed/accuracy compromise.
LOCALFREQ_GROUP1
LOCALFREQ_GROUP1
Select the number of modes to include in the first subset of modes to localize
independently when the keyword LOCALFREQ_GROUPS > 0.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
User-specified integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
Modes will be included starting with the lowest frequency mode and then in
ascending energy order up to the defined value.
LOCALFREQ_GROUPS
LOCALFREQ_GROUPS
Select the number of groups of frequencies to be localized separately within a
localized mode calculation. The size of the groups are then controlled using
the LOCALFREQ_GROUP1, LOCALFREQ_GROUP2, and
LOCALFREQ_GROUP3 keywords.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Localize all normal modes together.
OPTIONS:
1
Define one subset of modes to localize independently.
2
Define two subsets of modes to localize independently.
3
Define three subsets of modes to localize independently.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
LOCALFREQ_MAX_ITER
LOCALFREQ_MAX_ITER
Controls the maximum number of mode localization sweeps permitted.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
200
OPTIONS:
User-specified integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
LOCALFREQ_SELECT
LOCALFREQ_SELECT
Select a subset of normal modes for subsequent anharmonic frequency analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Use all normal modes.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Select a subset of normal modes.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
LOCALFREQ_THRESH
LOCALFREQ_THRESH
Mode localization is considered converged when the change in the localization
criterion is less than .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
User-specified integer.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
LOCALFREQ
LOCALFREQ
Controls whether a vibrational mode localization calculation is performed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Normal mode calculation.
OPTIONS:
1
Localized mode calculation with a Pipek-Mezey like criterion.
2
Localized mode calculation with a Boys like criterion.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
LOCAL_CIS
LOCAL_CIS
Invoke ALMO-CIS/TDA or ALMO-CIS/TDA+CT calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Regular CIS/TDDFT calculations
1
ALMO-CIS/TDA without RI
2
ALMO-CIS with RI
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 2 when running full-spectrum ALMO-CIS calculations (EIGSLV_METH = 0)
Use 1 when running the iterative version of ALMO-CIS/TDA (EIGSLV_METH = 1)
LOCAL_INTERP_ORDER
LOCAL_INTERP_ORDER
Controls the order of the B-spline
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
An integer
RECOMMENDATION:
The default value is sufficiently accurate
LOC_CIS_OV_SEPARATE
LOC_CIS_OV_SEPARATE
Decide whether or not to localized the “occupied” and “virtual” components
of the localized diabatization
function, i.e., whether to localize the electron attachments and detachments separately.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Do not separately localize electron attachments and detachments.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
RECOMMENDATION:
If one wants to use Boys localized diabatization for energy transfer (as
opposed to electron transfer) , this is a necessary option. ER is more
rigorous technique, and does not require this OV feature, but will be somewhat
slower.
LOWDIN_POPULATION
LOWDIN_POPULATION
Run Löwdin population analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not calculate Löwdin populations.
TRUE
Run Löwdin population analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
LRC_DFT
LRC_DFT
Controls the application of long-range-corrected DFT
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Do not apply long-range correction.
TRUE (or 1)
Add 100% long-range Hartree-Fock exchange to the requested functional.
RECOMMENDATION:
The $rem variable OMEGA must also be specified, in order to set
the range-separation parameter.
MAGNET
MAGNET
Activate the magnetic property module.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Don’t activate the magnetic property module.
TRUE (or 1)
Activate the magnetic property module.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
MAKE_CUBE_FILES
MAKE_CUBE_FILES
Requests generation of cube files for MOs, NTOs, or NBOs.
TYPE:
LOGICAL/STRING
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not generate cube files.
TRUE
Generate cube files for MOs and densities.
NTOS
Generate cube files for NTOs.
NBOS
Generate cube files for NBOs.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MANY_BODY_INT
MANY_BODY_INT
Perform a MBE calculation.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform a MBE calculation.
FALSE
Do not perform a MBE calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
MAXBOX
MAXBOX
Sets the size of the box which the molecules are kept within.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
20000
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to MAXBOX = bohr.
RECOMMENDATION:
Need to ensure that the cluster can fit within this box.
MAX_ADIIS_CYCLES
MAX_ADIIS_CYCLES
The maximum number of ADIIS cycles before switching to DIIS in ADIIS_DIIS calculations
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
30
OPTIONS:
Doing at most ADIIS iterations before switching to DIIS
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default; typically there is no benefit of doing ADIIS for too many iterations
MAX_CASSCF_CYCLES
MAX_CASSCF_CYCLES
Maximum number of orbital optimization cycles for CASSCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
set maximum number of optimization cycles to
RECOMMENDATION:
MAX_CIS_CYCLES
MAX_CIS_CYCLES
Maximum number of CIS iterative cycles allowed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
30
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of cycles.
RECOMMENDATION:
Default is usually sufficient.
MAX_CIS_SUBSPACE
MAX_CIS_SUBSPACE
Maximum number of subspace vectors allowed in the CIS iterations
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
As many as required to converge all roots
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of subspace vectors
RECOMMENDATION:
The default is usually appropriate, unless a large number of states are
requested for a large molecule. The total memory required to store the
subspace vectors is bounded above by , where and represent the
number of occupied and virtual orbitals, respectively. can be reduced to
save memory, at the cost of a larger number of CIS iterations. Convergence may
be impaired if is not much larger than CIS_N_ROOTS.
MAX_DIIS_CYCLES
MAX_DIIS_CYCLES
The maximum number of DIIS iterations before switching to (geometric) direct
minimization when SCF_ALGORITHM is DIIS_GDM or
DIIS_DM. See also THRESH_DIIS_SWITCH.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
1
Only a single Roothaan step before switching to (G)DM
DIIS iterations before switching to (G)DM.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MAX_DISPLACE
MAX_DISPLACE
Sets the maximum distance a molecule will be moved during a translation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
500
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to MAX_DISPLACE = bohr.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
MAX_JUMP
MAX_JUMP
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of moves accepted on jumping.
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MAX_RCA_CYCLES
MAX_RCA_CYCLES
The maximum number of RCA iterations before switching to DIIS when
SCF_ALGORITHM is RCA_DIIS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
N
N RCA iterations before switching to DIIS
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MAX_SCF_CYCLES
MAX_SCF_CYCLES
Controls the maximum number of SCF iterations permitted.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
User-selected.
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase for slowly converging systems such as those containing transition
metals.
MBDVDW_BETA
MBDVDW
MBDVDW
Flag to switch on the MBD-vdW method
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not calculate MBD.
1
Calculate the MBD-vdW contribution to the energy.
2
Calculate the MBD-vdW contribution to the energy and the gradient.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
MC_CYCLES
MC_CYCLES
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of cycles in a basin hopping search.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MC_STEPS
MC_STEPS
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of Monte Carlo steps in each MC_CYCLES. After
MC_STEPS jumping is initiated.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MC_TEMP
MC_TEMP
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the temperature (in Kelvin).
DEFAULT:
300
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MECP_METHODS
MECP_METHODS
Determines which method to be used.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
BRANCHING_PLANE
OPTIONS:
BRANCHING_PLANE
Use the branching-plane updating method.
MECP_DIRECT
Use the direct method.
PENALTY_FUNCTION
Use the penalty-constrained method.
RECOMMENDATION:
The direct method is stable for small molecules or molecules with high
symmetry. The branching-plane updating method is more efficient for larger
molecules but does not work if the two states have different symmetries. If
using the branching-plane updating method, GEOM_OPT_COORDS must be
set to 0 in the $rem section, as this algorithm is available in Cartesian
coordinates only. The penalty-constrained method converges slowly and is suggested only if other methods fail.
MECP_OPT
MECP_OPT
Determines whether we are doing MECP optimizations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do MECP optimization.
FALSE
Do not do MECP optimization.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
MECP_PROJ_HESS
MECP_PROJ_HESS
Determines whether to project out the coupling vector
from the Hessian when using branching plane updating method.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
MECP_STATE1
MECP_STATE1
Sets the first Born-Oppenheimer state for MECP optimization.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
[,]
Find the th excited state with the total spin ; means the SCF ground state.
RECOMMENDATION:
is ignored for restricted calculations; for unrestricted calculations, can only be 0 or 1.
MECP_STATE2
MECP_STATE2
Sets the second Born-Oppenheimer state for MECP optimization.
TYPE:
INTEGER/INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
[,]
Find the th excited state with the total spin ; means the SCF ground state.
RECOMMENDATION:
is ignored for restricted calculations; for unrestricted calculations, can only be 0 or 1.
MEM_STATIC
MEM_STATIC
Sets the memory for AO-integral evaluations and their transformations in Q-Chem 4.1 or older versions.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
192
corresponding to 192 MB.
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of megabytes.
RECOMMENDATION:
For RI-MP2 calculations using Q-Chem 4.1 or older versions,
of MEM_STATIC is required.
Because a number of matrices with size also need to be
stored, 32–160 MB of additional MEM_STATIC is needed.
MEM_TOTAL
MEM_TOTAL
Sets the total memory available to Q-Chem, in megabytes.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2000
2 GB
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of megabytes.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, or set to the physical memory of your machine.
The minimum requirement is .
METECO
METECO
Sets the threshold criteria for discarding shell-pairs.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
Discard shell-pairs below .
OPTIONS:
1
Discard shell-pairs four orders of magnitude below machine precision.
2
Discard shell-pairs below 10.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
METHOD
METHOD
Specifies the level of theory, either DFT or wave function-based.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
HF
No correlation, Hartree-Fock exchange
OPTIONS:
MP2
Sections 6.3 and 6.4
RI-MP2
Section 6.6
Local_MP2
Section 6.5
RILMP2
Section 6.6.2
ATTMP2
Section 6.7
ATTRIMP2
Section 6.7
ZAPT2
A more efficient restricted open-shell MP2 method.
548
Chem. Phys. Lett.
(1992),
199,
pp. 211.
Link
MP3
Section 6.3
MP4SDQ
Section 6.3
MP4
Section 6.3
CCD
Section 6.10
CCD(2)
Section 6.11
CCSD
Section 6.10
CC2
Section 6.10
CCSD(T)
Section 6.11
CCSD(2)
Section 6.11
CCSD(fT)
Section 6.11.3
CCSD(dT)
Section 6.11.3
QCISD
Section 6.10
QCISD(T)
Section 6.11
OD
Section 6.10
OD(T)
Section 6.11
OD(2)
Section 6.11
VOD
Section 6.12
VOD(2)
Section 6.12
QCCD
Section 6.10
QCCD(T)
QCCD(2)
VQCCD
Section 6.12
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult the literature for guidance.
MGC_AMODEL
MGC_AMODEL
Choice of approximate cluster model.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Determines
how the CC equations are approximated:
OPTIONS:
0
Local Active-Space Amplitude iterations (pre-calculate GVB orbitals with
your method of choice (RPP is good)).
7
Optimize-Orbitals using the VOD 2-step solver.
(Experimental-only use with MGC_AMPS = 2, 24 ,246)
8
Traditional Coupled Cluster up to CCSDTQPH.
9
MR-CC version of the Pair-Models. (Experimental)
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MGC_AMPS
MGC_AMPS
Choice of Amplitude Truncation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
2 n 123456, a sorted list of integers for every amplitude
which will be iterated. Choose 1234 for PQ and 123456 for PH
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MGC_LOCALINTER
MGC_LOCALINTER
Pair filter on an intermediate.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
Any nonzero value enforces the pair constraint on intermediates,
significantly reducing computational cost. Not recommended for 2 pair locality
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MGC_LOCALINTS
MGC_LOCALINTS
Pair filter on an integrals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
Enforces a pair filter on the 2-electron integrals, significantly
reducing computational cost. Generally useful for more than 1 pair locality.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MGC_NLPAIRS
MGC_NLPAIRS
Number of local pairs on an amplitude.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Must be greater than 1, which corresponds to the PP model.
2 for PQ, and 3 for PH.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MGEMM_THRESH
MGEMM_THRESH
Sets MGEMM threshold to determine the separation
between “large” and “small” matrix elements.
A larger threshold value will result in a value closer
to the single-precision result. Note that the desired factor
should be multiplied by 10000 to ensure an integer value.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10000
(corresponds to 1)
OPTIONS:
User-specified threshold
RECOMMENDATION:
For small molecules and basis sets up to triple-, the
default value suffices to not deviate too much from the
double-precision values. Care should be taken to reduce
this number for larger molecules and also larger basis-sets.
MGGA_GINV
MGGA_GINV
Controls whether to add gauge invariance correction to MGGA functionals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No correction.
1
Add gauge invariance correction to MGGA functionals.
RECOMMENDATION:
Not recommended when TDA is used because TDA has broken gauge invariance.
MIN_SEPARATION
MIN_SEPARATION
Reject initial structures where the closest approach of molecules is less than this value.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to MIN_SEPARATION = bohr.
RECOMMENDATION:
MIN_SEPARATION of approximately 2.5 bohr.
MI_ACTIVE_FRAGMENT
MI_ACTIVE_FRAGMENT
Sets the active fragment
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NO DEFAULT
OPTIONS:
Specify the fragment on which the TDDFT calculation is to be performed, for LEA-TDDFT(MI).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MI_LEA
MI_LEA
Controls the LEA-TDDFT(MI) methods
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NO DEFAULT
OPTIONS:
0
The LEA0 method
1
The LEA-Q method
2
The LEAc method
RECOMMENDATION:
1
MM_CHARGES
MM_CHARGES
Requests the calculation of multipole-derived charges (MDCs).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Calculates the MDCs and also the traceless form of the multipole moments
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if MDCs or the traceless form of the multipole
moments are desired. The calculation does not take long.
MM_SUBTRACTIVE
MM_SUBTRACTIVE
Specifies whether a subtractive scheme is used in the , Eq. (11.51), portion of the calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Only pairs that are not 1-2, 1-3, or 1-4 pairs are used.
TRUE
All pairs are calculated, and then the pairs that are double counted (1-2, 1-3, and 1-4) are subtracted out.
RECOMMENDATION:
When running QM/MM or MM calculations there is not recommendation. When running a QM/MM-Ewald calculation
the value must be set to TRUE.
MODEL_SYSTEM_CHARGE
MODEL_SYSTEM_CHARGE
Specifies the QM subsystem charge if different from the $molecule section.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
The charge of the QM subsystem.
RECOMMENDATION:
This option only needs to be used if the QM subsystem (model system)
has a charge that is different from the total system charge.
MODEL_SYSTEM_MULT
MODEL_SYSTEM_MULT
Specifies the QM subsystem multiplicity if different from the $molecule section.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
The multiplicity of the QM subsystem.
RECOMMENDATION:
This option only needs to be used if the QM subsystem (model system)
has a multiplicity that is different from the total system multiplicity.
ONIOM calculations must be closed shell.
MODE_COUPLING
MODE_COUPLING
Number of modes coupling in the third and fourth derivatives calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
for two modes coupling.
OPTIONS:
for modes coupling, Maximum value is 4.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
MOLDEN_FORMAT
MOLDEN_FORMAT
Sets the output format of NTOs in RASCI2 SOC analysis to MolDen format.
TYPE:
Logical
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Append MolDen input file at the end of the Q-Chem output file.
RECOMMENDATION:
Currently, SOC-NTO analysis in RASCI2 only works with MolDen. Other
visualization tools are not supported at the moment. Please see the Visualizing
Orbitals Using MolDen section for more information.
MOM_METHOD
MOM_METHOD
Determines the target orbitals with which to maximize the overlap on each SCF cycle.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
MOM
OPTIONS:
MOM
Maximize overlap with the orbitals from the previous SCF cycle.
IMOM
Maximize overlap with the initial guess orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
If appropriate guess orbitals can be obtained, then IMOM
can provide more reliable convergence to the desired solution.
63
J. Chem. Theory Comput.
(2018),
14,
pp. 1501.
Link
MOM_PRINT
MOM_PRINT
Switches printing on within the MOM procedure.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Printing is turned off
TRUE
Printing is turned on.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOM_START
MOM_START
Determines when MOM is switched on to preserve orbital occupancies.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (FALSE)
OPTIONS:
0 (FALSE)
MOM is not used
MOM begins on cycle .
RECOMMENDATION:
For calculations on excited states, an initial calculation without MOM is
usually required to get satisfactory starting orbitals. These orbitals should
be read in using SCF_GUESS TRUE and MOM_START = 1.
MOPROP_CONV_1ST
MOPROP_CONV_1ST
Sets the convergence criteria for CPSCF and 1st order TDSCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
Convergence threshold set to .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_CONV_2ND
MOPROP_CONV_2ND
Sets the convergence criterion for second-order TDSCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
Convergence threshold set to .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_DIIS_DIM_SS
MOPROP_DIIS_DIM_SS
Specified the DIIS subspace dimension.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
20
OPTIONS:
0
No DIIS.
Use a subspace of dimension .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_DIIS
MOPROP_DIIS
Controls the use of Pulay’s DIIS in solving the CPSCF equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
0
Turn off DIIS.
5
Turn on DIIS.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_ISSC_PRINT_REDUCED
MOPROP_ISSC_PRINT_REDUCED
Specifies whether the isotope-independent reduced coupling tensor
should be printed in addition to the isotope-dependent -tensor when
calculating indirect nuclear spin-spin couplings.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not print .
TRUE
Print .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_DSO
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_DSO
Specifies whether to skip the calculation of the diamagnetic spin-orbit
contribution to the indirect nuclear spin-spin coupling tensor.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Calculate diamagnetic spin-orbit contribution.
TRUE
Skip diamagnetic spin-orbit contribution.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_FC
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_FC
Specifies whether to skip the calculation of the Fermi contact contribution to
the indirect nuclear spin-spin coupling tensor.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Calculate Fermi contact contribution.
TRUE
Skip Fermi contact contribution.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_PSO
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_PSO
Specifies whether to skip the calculation of the paramagnetic spin-orbit
contribution to the indirect nuclear spin-spin coupling tensor.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Calculate paramagnetic spin-orbit contribution.
TRUE
Skip paramagnetic spin-orbit contribution.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_SD
MOPROP_ISSC_SKIP_SD
Specifies whether to skip the calculation of the spin-dipole contribution to
the indirect nuclear spin-spin coupling tensor.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Calculate spin-dipole contribution.
TRUE
Skip spin-dipole contribution.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MOPROP_MAXITER_1ST
MOPROP_MAXITER_1ST
The maximum number of iterations for CPSCF and first-order TDSCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
Set maximum number of iterations to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
MOPROP_MAXITER_2ND
MOPROP_MAXITER_2ND
The maximum number of iterations for second-order TDSCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50
OPTIONS:
Set maximum number of iterations to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
MOPROP_PERTNUM
MOPROP_PERTNUM
Set the number of perturbed densities that will to be treated together.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
All at once.
Treat the perturbed densities batch-wise.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. For large systems, limiting this number may be required to avoid
memory exhaustion.
MOPROP_RESTART
MOPROP_RESTART
Specifies the option for restarting MOProp calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Not a restart calculation.
1
Restart from a previous calculation using the same scratch directory.
RECOMMENDATION:
Need to also include "SCF_GUESS READ" and "SKIP_SCFMAN TRUE" to ensure the same set of MOs.
MOPROP
MOPROP
Specifies the job number for MOProp module.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
0
Do not run the MOProp module.
OPTIONS:
NMR
NMR chemical shielding tensors.
STATIC_POLAR
Static polarizability.
ISSC
Indirect nuclear spin–spin coupling tensors.
DYN_POLAR
Dynamic polarizability.
HYPERPOL
First hyperpolarizability using Wigner’s rule.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
MP2_SCALING
MP2_SCALING
Scales the RI-MP2 correlation energy contribution.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000000
OPTIONS:
corresponding to a scaling factor of
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
MP3_SCALING
MP3_SCALING
Scales the RI-MP3 correlation energy contribution.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000000
OPTIONS:
corresponding to a scaling factor of
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
MRXC_CLASS_THRESH_MULT
MRXC_CLASS_THRESH_MULT
Controls the of smoothness precision
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
An integer
RECOMMENDATION:
A prefactor in the threshold for MRXC error control:
MRXC_CLASS_THRESH_ORDER
MRXC_CLASS_THRESH_ORDER
Controls the of smoothness precision
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
An integer
RECOMMENDATION:
The exponent in the threshold of the MRXC error control:
MRXC
MRXC
Controls the use of MRXC.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not use MRXC
1
Use MRXC in the evaluation of the XC part
RECOMMENDATION:
MRXC is very efficient for medium and large molecules, especially when medium
and large basis sets are used.
MULTIPOLE_ORDER
MULTIPOLE_ORDER
Determines highest order of multipole moments to print if wave function
analysis requested.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
Calculate moments to th order.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless higher multipoles are required.
NBO
NBO
Controls the use of the NBO package.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not invoke the NBO package.
1
Do invoke the NBO package, for the ground state.
2
Invoke the NBO package for the ground state, and also each
CIS, RPA, or TDDFT excited state.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
NL_CORRELATION
NL_CORRELATION
Specifies a non-local correlation functional that includes non-empirical dispersion.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
No non-local correlation.
OPTIONS:
None
No non-local correlation
vdW-DF-04
the non-local part of vdW-DF-04
vdW-DF-10
the non-local part of vdW-DF-10 (also known as vdW-DF2)
VV09
the non-local part of VV09
VV10
the non-local part of VV10
RECOMMENDATION:
Do not forget to add the LSDA correlation (PW92 is recommended) when
using vdW-DF-04, vdW-DF-10, or VV09. VV10 should be used with PBE
correlation. Choose exchange functionals carefully: HF, rPW86, revPBE, and
some of the LRC exchange functionals are among the recommended choices.
NL_GRID
NL_GRID
Specifies the grid to use for non-local correlation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
Same as for XC_GRID
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless computational cost becomes prohibitive, in which case SG-0 may be used.
XC_GRID should generally be finer than NL_GRID.
NL_VV_B
NL_VV_B
Sets the parameter in VV10. This parameter controls the short range behavior
of the non-local correlation energy.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
The optimal value depends strongly on the exchange functional used.
is recommended for rPW86. For further details see Ref.
1240
J. Chem. Phys.
(2010),
133,
pp. 244103.
Link
.
NL_VV_C
NL_VV_C
Sets the parameter in VV09 and VV10. This parameter is fitted to asymptotic
van der Waals coefficients.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
89
for VV09
No default
for VV10
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
is recommended when a semi-local exchange functional is used.
is recommended when a long-range corrected (LRC) hybrid functional is used.
For further details see Ref.
1240
J. Chem. Phys.
(2010),
133,
pp. 244103.
Link
.
NMOL1
NMOL1
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of molecules of type 1.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
NMOL2
NMOL2
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of molecules of type 2.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
NN_THRESH
NN_THRESH
The distance cutoff for neighboring fragments (between which CT excitation occurs).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not include interfragment transitions (ALMO-CIS/TDA)
Include interfragment excitations between pairs of fragments the distances between whom
are smaller than (ALMO-CIS/TDA+CT)
RECOMMENDATION:
None
NOCI_PRINT
NOCI_PRINT
Specify the debug print level of NOCI.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
Positive integer
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase this for additional debug information.
NOSE_HOOVER_LENGTH
NOSE_HOOVER_LENGTH
Sets the chain length for the Nosé-Hoover thermostat
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
none
OPTIONS:
Chain length of auxiliary variables
RECOMMENDATION:
Typically 3-6
NOSE_HOOVER_TIMESCALE
NOSE_HOOVER_TIMESCALE
Sets the timescale (strength) of the Nosé-Hoover thermostat
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
none
OPTIONS:
Thermostat timescale, as fs
RECOMMENDATION:
Smaller values (roughly 100) equate to tighter thermostats but may inhibit
rapid sampling. Larger values () allow for more rapid sampling but
may take longer to reach thermal equilibrium.
NSEARCH
NSEARCH
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of structures that are generated and optimized.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
NTO_PAIRS
NTO_PAIRS
Controls the writing of hole/particle NTO pairs for SOC transitions calculated
within the RASCI2 SOC analysis section.
TYPE:
Integer
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Write NTO pairs per SOC transition.
RECOMMENDATION:
If activated (), a minimum of two NTO pairs will be printed for each
transition. Increase the value of if additional NTOs are desired. Please
see Visualization of Natural Transition Orbitals section for more information.
NVO_LIN_CONVERGENCE
NVO_LIN_CONVERGENCE
Target error factor in the preconditioned conjugate gradient solver of the single-excitation amplitude equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
User–defined number.
RECOMMENDATION:
Solution of the single-excitation amplitude equations is considered converged
if the maximum residual is less than multiplied by the current DIIS
error. For the ARS correction, is automatically set to 1 since the
locally-projected DIIS error is normally several orders of magnitude smaller
than the full DIIS error.
NVO_LIN_MAX_ITE
NVO_LIN_MAX_ITE
Maximum number of iterations in the preconditioned conjugate gradient solver of the single-excitation amplitude equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
30
OPTIONS:
User–defined number of iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
NVO_METHOD
NVO_METHOD
Sets method to be used to converge solution of the single-excitation amplitude equations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
9
OPTIONS:
User–defined number.
RECOMMENDATION:
This is an experimental option. Use the default.
NVO_TRUNCATE_DIST
NVO_TRUNCATE_DIST
Specifies which atomic blocks of the Fock matrix are used to construct the preconditioner.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
-1
OPTIONS:
If distance between a pair of atoms is more than Ångstroms
do not include the atomic block.
-2
Do not use distance threshold, use NVO_TRUNCATE_PRECOND instead.
-1
Include all blocks.
0
Include diagonal blocks only.
RECOMMENDATION:
This option does not affect the final result. However, it affects the rate of
the PCG algorithm convergence. For small systems, use the default.
NVO_TRUNCATE_PRECOND
NVO_TRUNCATE_PRECOND
Specifies which atomic blocks of the Fock matrix are used to construct the
preconditioner. This variable is used only if NVO_TRUNCATE_DIST is
set to .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
If the maximum element in an atomic block is less than do not include
the block.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. Increasing improves convergence of the PCG algorithm but
overall may slow down calculations.
NVO_UVV_MAXPWR
NVO_UVV_MAXPWR
Controls convergence of the Taylor series when calculating the block
from the single-excitation amplitudes. If the series is not converged at the
th term, more expensive direct inversion is used to calculate the
block.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
User–defined number.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
NVO_UVV_PRECISION
NVO_UVV_PRECISION
Controls convergence of the Taylor series when calculating the block
from the single-excitation amplitudes. Series is considered converged when the
maximum element of the term is less than .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
11
OPTIONS:
User–defined number.
RECOMMENDATION:
NVO_UVV_PRECISION must be the same as or larger than THRESH.
N_ATOM_TYPE_1
N_ATOM_TYPE_1
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number atoms in molecule type 1.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
N_ATOM_TYPE_2
N_ATOM_TYPE_2
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number atoms in molecule type 2.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
N_FROZEN_CORE
N_FROZEN_CORE
Sets the number of frozen core orbitals in a post-Hartree–Fock calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
FC
OPTIONS:
FC
Frozen Core approximation (all core orbitals frozen).
Freeze core orbitals (if set to 0, all electrons will be active).
RECOMMENDATION:
Correlated calculations calculations are more
efficient with frozen core orbitals. Use default if possible.
N_FROZEN_VIRTUAL
N_FROZEN_VIRTUAL
Sets the number of frozen virtual orbitals in a post-Hartree–Fock
calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Freeze virtual orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
N_I_SERIES
N_I_SERIES
Sets summation limit for series expansion evaluation of .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
40
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Lower values speed up the calculation, but may affect accuracy.
N_J_SERIES
N_J_SERIES
Sets summation limit for series expansion evaluation of .
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
40
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Lower values speed up the calculation, but may affect accuracy.
N_MOL_TYPE
N_MOL_TYPE
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of different atom or molecule types.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined : can be 1 or 2.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
N_MOVES
N_MOVES
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number of structural changes/moves on each step.
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
N_SOL
N_SOL
Specifies number of atoms or orbitals in the $solute section.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
N_SWOP
N_SWOP
INTEGER
TYPE:
Sets the number atom coordinate swops for atomic cluster search.
DEFAULT:
No default.
OPTIONS:
User defined
RECOMMENDATION:
None
N_WIG_SERIES
N_WIG_SERIES
Sets summation limit for Wigner integrals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase for greater accuracy.
OCCUPATIONS
OCCUPATIONS
Activates pFON calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Integer occupation numbers
1
Not yet implemented
2
Pseudo-fractional occupation numbers (pFON)
RECOMMENDATION:
Use pFON to improve convergence for small-gap systems.
OCC_RI_K
OCC_RI_K
Controls the use of the occ-RI-K approximation for constructing the exchange matrix
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
False
Do not use occ-RI-K.
OPTIONS:
True
Use occ-RI-K.
RECOMMENDATION:
Larger the system, better the performance
OMEGA2
OMEGA2
Sets the Coulomb attenuation parameter for the long-range component.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to , in units of bohr
RECOMMENDATION:
None
OMEGA_GDD_SCALING
OMEGA_GDD_SCALING
Sets the empirical constant in tuning procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
885
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to .
RECOMMENDATION:
The quantity = 885 was determined by Lao and Herbert in
Ref.
672
J. Chem. Theory Comput.
(2018),
14,
pp. 2955.
Link
using LRC-PBE and def2-TZVPP augmented
with diffuse functions on non-hydrogen atoms that are taken from Dunning’s
aug-cc-pVTZ basis set.
OMEGA_GDD
OMEGA_GDD
Controls the application of tuning for long-range-corrected DFT
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Do not apply tuning.
TRUE (or 1)
Use tuning.
RECOMMENDATION:
The $rem variable OMEGA must also be specified, in order to set
the initial range-separation parameter.
OMEGA
OMEGA
Sets the range-separation parameter, , also known as , in functionals based on Hirao’s RSH scheme.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to , in units of bohr
RECOMMENDATION:
None
OMEGA
OMEGA
Sets the Coulomb attenuation parameter for the short-range component.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to , in units of bohr
RECOMMENDATION:
None
OSLO
OSLO
Triggers OSLO procedure after a converged SCF
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Don’t perform OSLO
1
Perform the OSLO procedure
RECOMMENDATION:
None
OS_ROSCF
OS_ROSCF
Run an open-shell singlet ROSCF calculation with GEN_SCFMAN.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
OS_ROSCF calculation is performed.
FALSE
Do not run OS_ROSCF (it will run a close-shell RSCF calculation instead).
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if desired.
PAO_ALGORITHM
PAO_ALGORITHM
Algorithm used to optimize polarized atomic orbitals (see PAO_METHOD)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Use efficient (and riskier) strategy to converge PAOs.
1
Use conservative (and slower) strategy to converge PAOs.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PAO_METHOD
PAO_METHOD
Controls the type of PAO calculations requested.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
EPAO
For local MP2, EPAOs are chosen by default.
OPTIONS:
EPAO
Find EPAOs by minimizing delocalization function.
PAO
Do SCF in a molecule-optimized minimal basis.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PARI_K
PARI_K
Controls the use of the PARI-K approximation in the construction of the exchange matrix
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Do not use PARI-K.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use PARI-K.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use for basis sets aug-cc-pVTZ and larger.
PBHT_ANALYSIS
PBHT_ANALYSIS
Controls whether overlap analysis of electronic excitations is performed.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform overlap analysis.
TRUE
Perform overlap analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PBHT_FINE
PBHT_FINE
Increases accuracy of overlap analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
TRUE
Increase accuracy of overlap analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PDFT_CORRELATION
PDFT_CORRELATION
Specifies the correlation functional to be used in MC-PDFT calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
NAME
Use PDFT_CORRELATION = NAME, where NAME is one of the LDA or GGA correlation
functionals listed in Section 5.3.4. This keyword is only invoked when
method is set to RDM(PDFT).
RECOMMENDATION:
In general, consult the literature to guide your selection.
PDFT_EXCHANGE
PDFT_EXCHANGE
Specifies the exchange functional to be used in MC-PDFT calculation.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
NAME
Use PDFT_EXCHANGE = NAME, where NAME must be one of the LDA or GGA exchange
functionals listed in Section 5.3.3. This keyword is only invoked when
method is set to RDM(PDFT).
RECOMMENDATION:
In general, consult the literature to guide your selection.
PEQS_SWITCH
PEQS_SWITCH
Inclusion of solvent effects begins when the SCF error falls below 10.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to 10
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless solvent effects need to be incorporated earlier in the SCF procedure.
PE
PE
Turns PE on.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Perform a PE calculation.
False
Don’t perform a PE calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set the $rem variable PE to TRUE to start a PE calculation.
PHESS
PHESS
Controls whether partial Hessian calculations are performed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Full Hessian calculation
OPTIONS:
1
Partial Hessian calculation.
2
Vibrational subsystem analysis (massless).
3
Vibrational subsystem analysis (weighted).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PH_FAST
PH_FAST
Lowers integral cutoff in partial Hessian calculation is performed.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Use default cutoffs
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Lower integral cutoffs
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PIMC_ACCEPT_RATE
PIMC_ACCEPT_RATE
Acceptance rate for MC/PIMC simulations when Cartesian or normal-mode
displacements are used.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-specified rate, given as a whole-number percentage.
RECOMMENDATION:
Choose acceptance rate to maximize sampling efficiency, which is typically
signified by the mean-square displacement (printed in the job output). Note
that the maximum displacement is adjusted during the warm-up run to achieve
roughly this acceptance rate.
PIMC_MCMAX
PIMC_MCMAX
Number of Monte Carlo steps to sample.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
User-specified number of steps to sample.
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable dictates the statistical convergence of MC/PIMC simulations.
For converged simulations at least steps is recommended.
PIMC_MOVETYPE
PIMC_MOVETYPE
Selects the type of displacements used in MC/PIMC simulations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Cartesian displacements of all beads, with occasional (1%) center-of-mass moves.
1
Normal-mode displacements of all modes, with occasional (1%) center-of-mass moves.
2
Levy flights without center-of-mass moves.
RECOMMENDATION:
Except for classical sampling (MC) or small bead-number quantum sampling
(PIMC), Levy flights should be used. For Cartesian and normal-mode moves,
the maximum displacement is adjusted during the warm-up run to the desired
acceptance rate (controlled by PIMC_ACCEPT_RATE). For Levy flights,
the acceptance is solely controlled by PIMC_SNIP_LENGTH.
PIMC_NBEADSPERATOM
PIMC_NBEADSPERATOM
Number of path integral time slices (“beads”) used on each atom of a PIMC simulation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
1
Perform classical Boltzmann sampling.
1
Perform quantum-mechanical path integral sampling.
RECOMMENDATION:
This variable controls the inherent convergence of the path integral
simulation. The one-bead limit represents classical sampling and the
infinite-bead limit represents exact quantum-mechanical sampling. Using 32
beads is reasonably converged for room-temperature simulations of molecular
systems.
PIMC_SNIP_LENGTH
PIMC_SNIP_LENGTH
Number of “beads” to use in the Levy flight movement of the ring polymer.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-specified length of snippet.
RECOMMENDATION:
Choose the snip length to maximize sampling efficiency. The efficiency can be
estimated by the mean-square displacement between configurations, printed at
the end of the output file. This efficiency will typically, however, be a
trade-off between the mean-square displacement (length of statistical
correlations) and the number of beads moved. Only the moved beads require
recomputing the potential, i.e., a call to Q-Chem for the electronic energy.
(Note that the endpoints of the snippet remain fixed during a single move, so
beads are actually moved for a snip length of . For 1 or 2 beads in
the simulation, Cartesian moves should be used instead.)
PIMC_TEMP
PIMC_TEMP
Temperature, in Kelvin (K), of path integral simulations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
User-specified number of Kelvin for PIMC or classical MC simulations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
PIMC_WARMUP_MCMAX
PIMC_WARMUP_MCMAX
Number of Monte Carlo steps to sample during an equilibration period of MC/PIMC simulations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
User-specified number of steps to sample.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to equilibrate the molecule/ring polymer before collecting
production statistics. Usually a short run of roughly 10% of
PIMC_MCMAX is sufficient.
PLOT_SPIN_DENSITY
PLOT_SPIN_DENSITY
Requests the generation of spin densities, and .
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not generate spin density cube files.
TRUE
Generate spin density cube files.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if spin densities are desired in addition to total densities.
Requires that MAKE_CUBE_FILES be set to TRUE as well,
and that one or more total densities is requested in the $plots input section.
The corresponding spin densities will then be generated also.
POL_GEOM
POL_GEOM
Compute forces on the polarized (converged SCFMI) PES.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not compute forces on the polarized PES.
TRUE
Compute forces on the polarized PES.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set it to TRUE when optimized geometry or vibrational frequencies on
the polarized PES are desired.
POP_BECKE
POP_BECKE
Controls the printing of atomic Becke populations.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Print atomic Becke populations.
FALSE
Do not print atomic Becke populations.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
POP_MULLIKEN
POP_MULLIKEN
Controls running of Mulliken population analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL/INTEGER
DEFAULT:
TRUE (or 1)
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Do not calculate Mulliken populations.
TRUE (or 1)
Calculate Mulliken populations.
2
Also calculate shell populations for each occupied orbital.
3
Same output as 2 and also orbital densities at the nuclear centers.
Calculate Mulliken charges for both the ground state and any CIS,
RPA, or TDDFT excited states.
RECOMMENDATION:
Leave as TRUE, unless excited-state charges are desired.
Mulliken analysis is a trivial additional calculation, for ground or
excited states.
PRINT_CORE_CHARACTER
PRINT_CORE_CHARACTER
Determines the print level for the CORE_CHARACTER option.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No additional output is printed.
1
Prints core characters of occupied MOs.
2
Print level 1, plus prints the core character of AOs.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, unless you are uncertain about what the core character is.
PRINT_DIST_MATRIX
PRINT_DIST_MATRIX
Controls the printing of the inter-atomic distance matrix
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
15
OPTIONS:
0
Turns off the printing of the distance matrix
Prints the distance matrix if the number of atoms in the molecule
is less than or equal to .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default unless distances are required for large systems
PRINT_GENERAL_BASIS
PRINT_GENERAL_BASIS
Controls print out of built in basis sets in input format
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Print out standard basis set information
FALSE
Do not print out standard basis set information
RECOMMENDATION:
Useful for modification of standard basis sets.
PRINT_ORBITALS
PRINT_ORBITALS
Prints orbital coefficients with atom labels in analysis part of output.
TYPE:
INTEGER/LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not print any orbitals.
TRUE
Prints occupied orbitals plus 5 virtual orbitals.
NVIRT
Number of virtual orbitals to print.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use true unless more virtual orbitals are desired.
PRINT_QIS
PRINT_QIS
Requests to dump stuff needed for OpenFermion.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Print stuff for QIS in user directory.
RECOMMENDATION:
Beware of size of the files.
PRINT_RADII_GYRE
PRINT_RADII_GYRE
Controls printing of MO centroids and radii of gyration.
TYPE:
LOGICAL/INTEGER
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE (or 1)
Print the centroid and radius of gyration for each occupied MO
and each density.
2
Print centroids and radii of gyration for the virtual MOs as well.
FALSE (or 0)
Do not calculate these quantities.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
PROJ_TRANSROT
PROJ_TRANSROT
Removes translational and rotational drift during AIMD trajectories.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not apply translation/rotation corrections.
TRUE
Apply translation/rotation corrections.
RECOMMENDATION:
When computing spectra (see AIMD_NUCL_DACF_POINTS, for example),
this option can be used to remove artificial, contaminating peaks stemming
from translational and/or rotational motion. Recommend setting to
TRUE for all dynamics-based spectral simulations.
PSEUDO_CANONICAL
PSEUDO_CANONICAL
When SCF_ALGORITHM = DM, this controls the way the initial
step, and steps after subspace resets are taken.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use Roothaan steps when (re)initializing
TRUE
Use a steepest descent step when (re)initializing
RECOMMENDATION:
The default is usually more efficient, but choosing TRUE sometimes
avoids problems with orbital reordering.
PURECART
PURECART
INTEGER
TYPE:
Controls the use of pure (spherical harmonic) or Cartesian angular forms
DEFAULT:
1111
Pure functions
OPTIONS:
Use 1 for pure and 2 for Cartesian.
RECOMMENDATION:
This is pre-defined for all standard basis sets
QMMM_CHARGES
QMMM_CHARGES
Controls the printing of QM charges to file.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Writes a charges.dat file with the Mulliken charges from the QM region.
FALSE
No file written.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless running calculations with Charmm where charges on the QM
region need to be saved.
QMMM_FULL_HESSIAN
QMMM_FULL_HESSIAN
Trigger the evaluation of the full QM/MM Hessian.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Evaluates full Hessian.
FALSE
Hessian for QM-QM block only.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
QMMM_PRINT
QMMM_PRINT
Controls the amount of output printed from a QM/MM job.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Limit molecule, point charge, and analysis printing.
FALSE
Normal printing.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless running calculations with Charmm.
QM_MM_INTERFACE
QM_MM_INTERFACE
Enables internal QM/MM calculations.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
MM
Molecular mechanics calculation (i.e., no QM region)
ONIOM
QM/MM calculation using two-layer mechanical embedding
JANUS
QM/MM calculation using electronic embedding
RECOMMENDATION:
The ONIOM model and Janus models are described above. Choosing MM
leads to no electronic structure calculation. However, when using MM, one
still needs to define the $rem variables BASIS and EXCHANGE
in order for Q-Chem to proceed smoothly.
QM_MM
QM_MM
Turns on the Q-Chem/Charmm interface.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Do QM/MM calculation through the Q-Chem/Charmm interface.
FALSE
Turn this feature off.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless running calculations with Charmm.
RASSF_DELTA_ALPHA
RASSF_DELTA_ALPHA
Sets the number of alpha electrons to remove relative to the reference.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Remove no alpha electrons (use for EA)
Remove one alpha electron (use for 1SF, IP)
Remove two alpha electrons (use for 2SF, 1SF-IP)
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RASSF_DELTA_BETA
RASSF_DELTA_BETA
Sets the number of beta electrons to add relative to the reference.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Add no beta electrons (use for IP)
Add one beta electron (use for 1SF, EA)
Add two beta electrons (use for 2SF, 1SF-EA)
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RASSF_DO_BLOCH
RASSF_DO_BLOCH
Determines whether to do effective Hamiltonian analysis.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Skip analysis
Do effective Hamiltonian analysis
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RASSF_GUESS
RASSF_GUESS
Determines which initial set of guess vectors to use for Davidson.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
OPTIONS:
Random orthonormal guess (default for CAS)
Identity guess
CAS guess (default for RAS)
RECOMMENDATION:
Starting from a CAS guess is recommended for larger molecules. If Davidson
encounters issues with linearly dependent eigenvectors, consider using identity.
The random orthonormal guess requires building a large matrix and is therefore
only recommended for calculations with fewer determinants.
RASSF_WRITE_EVALS
RASSF_WRITE_EVALS
Determines whether to write eigenvalues to an output file.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Do not write eigenvalues to an output file
Write eigenvalues to an output file
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RASSF_WRITE_EVECS
RASSF_WRITE_EVECS
Determines whether to write eigenvectors to an output file.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Do not write eigenvectors to an output file
Write eigenvectors to an output file
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RAS_ACT_DIFF
RAS_ACT_DIFF
Sets the number of versus electrons and therefore controls
the level of excitations used in calculations.
TYPE:
Integer
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
1
odd number of electrons or cations
0
even number of electrons
anions
triggers RAS2-SF at DDCI level of excitations
and triggers restart mechanism that restores the last best guess for each state to the number of states requested
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to 0 would be appropriate for most singlet systems.
Only works with RASCI2.
RAS_ACT_OCC
RAS_ACT_OCC
Sets the number of occupied orbitals to enter the RAS active space.
TYPE:
Integer
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
user defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RASCI2
RAS_ACT_ORB
RAS_ACT_ORB
Sets the user-selected active orbitals (RAS2 orbitals).
TYPE:
INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
From RAS_OCC + 1 to RAS_OCC + RAS_ACT
OPTIONS:
The number of orbitals must be equal to the RAS_ACT variable
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_ACT_VIR
RAS_ACT_VIR
Sets the number of virtual orbitals to enter the RAS active space.
TYPE:
Integer
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
user defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RASCI2.
RAS_ACT
RAS_ACT
Sets the number of orbitals in RAS2 (active orbitals).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer,
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_AMPL_PRINT
RAS_AMPL_PRINT
Defines the absolute threshold () for the CI amplitudes to be printed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
0.1 minimum absolute amplitude
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer,
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_CALC_SOC
RAS_CALC_SOC
Controls whether to calculate the SOC constants for RAS2 jobs only.
TYPE:
Integer/Logical
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
False
Do not perform the SOC calculation.
True
Perform the SOC calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
This $rem variable is used to control the spin-orbit coupling (SOC) analysis section.
RAS_DO_HOLE
RAS_DO_HOLE
Controls the presence of hole excitations in the RAS-CI wave function.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Include hole configurations (RAS1 to RAS2 excitations)
FALSE
Do not include hole configurations
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_DO_PART
RAS_DO_PART
Controls the presence of particle excitations in the RAS-CI wave function.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Include particle configurations (RAS2 to RAS3 excitations)
FALSE
Do not include particle configurations
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_ELEC_ALPHA
RAS_ELEC_ALPHA
Sets the number of spin- electrons in RAS2 (active electrons).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer,
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_ELEC_BETA
RAS_ELEC_BETA
Sets the number of spin- electrons in RAS2 (active electrons).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer,
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_ELEC
RAS_ELEC
Sets the number of electrons in RAS2 (active electrons).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer,
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_FRAG_SETS
RAS_FRAG_SETS
Defines the number of orbitals in each disjoint set to perform orbital localization.
TYPE:
INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
[NOcc,NAct,NVir]
Number of orbitals within RAS1, RAS2 and RAS3 spaces
OPTIONS:
Defines sets of canonical MOs to be localized into fragments
RECOMMENDATION:
Setting within RAS1, RAS2 and RAS3 spaces alleviates the computational
cost of the localization procedure. It might also result in improved fragment
orbitals. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_GUESS_CS
RAS_GUESS_CS
Controls the number of closed shell guess configurations in RAS-CI.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Imposes to start with closed shell guesses
RECOMMENDATION:
Only relevant for the computation of singlet states. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_NATORB_STATE
RAS_NATORB_STATE
Saves the natural orbitals of the th RAS-CI computed state into the .fchk file.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Saves the natural orbitals for the th state
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI and if GUI = 2.
RAS_NATORB
RAS_NATORB
Controls the computation of the natural orbital occupancies.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Compute natural orbital occupancies for all states
FALSE
Do not compute natural orbital occupancies
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_NFRAG_ATOMS
RAS_NFRAG_ATOMS
Sets the number of atoms in each fragment.
TYPE:
INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
The sum of the numbers must be equal to the total number
of atoms in the systems
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_NFRAG
RAS_NFRAG
If activates the excitation analysis in RAS-CI
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Number of fragments to be considered
RECOMMENDATION:
Only for RAS-CI. The printed information level is controlled by RAS_PRINT.
RAS_N_ROOTS
RAS_N_ROOTS
Sets the number of RAS-CI roots to be computed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Compute RAS-CI states
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RASCI2
RAS_N_SPIN_FLIP
RAS_N_SPIN_FLIP
Sets the number of spin-flips.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Maximum number of spin-flips ()
OPTIONS:
Do spin-flips
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RAS_OCC
RAS_OCC
Sets the number of orbitals in RAS1
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer,
RECOMMENDATION:
These are the initial doubly occupied orbitals (RAS1) before
including type of excitations.
The RAS1 space starts from the lowest orbital up to RAS_OCC,
i.e. no frozen orbitals option available yet. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_OMEGA
RAS_OMEGA
Sets the Coulomb range-separation parameter within the RAS-CI-DFT method.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
400
( bohr)
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to , in units of bohr
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Range-separation parameter is typical indicated by or . Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_PT2_PARTITION
RAS_PT2_PARTITION
Specifies the partitioning scheme in RASCI(2)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
Davidson-Kapuy (DK) partitioning
OPTIONS:
2
Epstein-Nesbet (EN) partitioning
0
Do both DK and EN partitionings
RECOMMENDATION:
Only for RAS-CI if RAS_PT2 is set to true.
RAS_PT2_VSHIFT
RAS_PT2_VSHIFT
Defines the energy level shift () in RASCI(2)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined integer
RECOMMENDATION:
Only for RAS-CI if RAS_PT2 is set to true.
RAS_PT2
RAS_PT2
Perform second-order perturbative correction to RAS-CI energy
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Compute RASCI(2) energy corrections
FALSE
Do not compute RASCI(2) energy corrections
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_ROOTS
RAS_ROOTS
Sets the number of RAS-CI roots to be computed.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
Compute RAS-CI states
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_SOC_2E
RAS_SOC_2E
Controls whether to compute two-electron mean-field contribution to RAS-CI SOC.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not compute two-electron mean-field contribution.
TRUE
Compute two-electron mean-field contribution.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RAS_SOC_SYM_DENS
RAS_SOC_SYM_DENS
Controls whether to perform averaging of and densities.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not average and densities .
TRUE
Average and densities.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RAS_SPIN_MULT
RAS_SPIN_MULT
Specifies the spin multiplicity of the roots to be computed
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
Singlet states
OPTIONS:
0
Compute any spin multiplicity
User-defined integer,
RECOMMENDATION:
RAS_SPIN_MULT option is only available for systems, that is, with the same number of
and electrons.
RAS_SRDFT_COR
RAS_SRDFT_COR
Define short-range correlation functional
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
NAME
Use RAS_SRDFT_COR = NAME, where NAME is
one of the short-range correlation functionals listed in Section 5.3.4
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_SRDFT_DAMP
RAS_SRDFT_DAMP
Sets damping factor () in the RAS-CI-DFT method.
TYPE:
REAL
DEFAULT:
0.5
()
OPTIONS:
Damping factor
RECOMMENDATION:
Modify in case of convergence issues along the RAS-CI-DFT iterations. Only works with RAS-CI
RAS_SRDFT_EXC
RAS_SRDFT_EXC
Define short-range exchange functional
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
NAME
Use RAS_SRDFT_EXC = NAME, where NAME is
one of the short-range exchange functionals listed in
Section 5.3.3
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_SRDFT_SA_ROOTS
RAS_SRDFT_SA_ROOTS
Sets the list of roots used to build the state averaged reference density in RAS-CI-srDFT.
TYPE:
INTEGER ARRAY
DEFAULT:
All computed states
OPTIONS:
List of states.
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI
RAS_SRDFT
RAS_SRDFT
Perform short-range density functional RAS-CI calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Compute RASCI-DFT states and energies
FALSE
Do not perform a RASCI-DFT calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
None. Only works with RAS-CI.
RAS_SRDFT_EXC and RAS_SRDFT_COR need to be set.
RATTLE_MAXIT
RATTLE_MAXIT
Specifies the maximum number of iterations in the RATTLE steps.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
100
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless it does not get converged.
RATTLE_THRESH
RATTLE_THRESH
Specifies the threshold for the convergence in the RATTLE steps.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
6
OPTIONS:
threshold.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default
RCA_PRINT
RCA_PRINT
Controls the output from RCA SCF optimizations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No print out
1
RCA summary information
2
Level 1 plus RCA coefficients
3
Level 2 plus RCA iteration details
RECOMMENDATION:
None
RC_R0
RC_R0
Determines the parameter in the Gaussian weight function used to smooth the
density at the nuclei.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Corresponds the traditional delta function spin and charge densities
corresponding to a.u.
RECOMMENDATION:
We recommend value of 250 for a typical spit valence basis. For basis sets
with increased flexibility in the nuclear vicinity the smaller values of
also yield adequate spin density.
RDM_CG_CONVERGENCE
RDM_CG_CONVERGENCE
The minimum threshold for the conjugate gradient solver.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
12
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
Should be at least (RDM_EPS_CONVERGENCE+2).
RDM_CG_MAXITER
RDM_CG_MAXITER
Maximum number of iterations for each conjugate gradient computations in the BPSDP algorithm.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1000
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default unless problems arise.
RDM_CONSTRAIN_SPIN
RDM_CONSTRAIN_SPIN
Indicates if the spin-constraints are enforced.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Enforce spin-constraints.
FALSE
Do not enforce spin-constraints.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default.
RDM_DIAGONALIZER
RDM_DIAGONALIZER
The algorithm used to diagonalize matrices inside semidefinite programming.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
11
OPTIONS:
0
Use parallel LAPACK function DSYEV
1
Use parallel LAPACK function DSYEVD
10
Use multiple simultaneous calls to serial LAPACK function DSYEV
11
Use multiple simultaneous calls to serial LAPACK function DSYEVD
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default. Under certain circumstances (e.g., low symmetry), algorithm 1 may be faster.
RDM_EPS_CONVERGENCE
RDM_EPS_CONVERGENCE
The threshold for the error in the primal and dual constraints.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase for gradient computations.
RDM_E_CONVERGENCE
RDM_E_CONVERGENCE
The threshold for the primal-dual energy gap.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase for gradient computations.
RDM_MAXITER
RDM_MAXITER
Maximum number of diagonalization steps in the BPSDP solver.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
50000
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase for computations that are difficult to converge.
RDM_MU_UPDATE_FREQUENCY
RDM_MU_UPDATE_FREQUENCY
The number of v2RDM iterations after which the penalty parameter is updated.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
200
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Change if convergence problems arise.
RDM_ORBOPT_ENERGY_CONVERGENCE
RDM_ORBOPT_ENERGY_CONVERGENCE
The threshold for energy convergence during orbital optimization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
8
OPTIONS:
for threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
Tighten for gradient computations.
RDM_ORBOPT_FREQUENCY
RDM_ORBOPT_FREQUENCY
The number of v2RDM iterations after which the orbital optimization routine is called.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
500
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default unless convergence problems arise.
RDM_ORBOPT_GRADIENT_CONVERGENCE
RDM_ORBOPT_GRADIENT_CONVERGENCE
The threshold for the orbital gradient during orbital optimization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
4
OPTIONS:
for threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
Tighten for gradient computations.
RDM_ORBOPT_MAXITER
RDM_ORBOPT_MAXITER
The maximum number of orbital optimization steps each time the orbital optimization routine is called.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
20
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default unless convergence problems arise.
RDM_POSITIVITY
RDM_POSITIVITY
Indicates positivity conditions enforced in the v2RDM optimization.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
DQG
OPTIONS:
DQG,
Two-electron conditions
DQGT1
Two-electron conditions plus the T1 partial three-electron conditions
DQGT2
Two-electron conditions plus the T2 partial three-electron conditions
DQGT1T2
Two-electron conditions plus the T1 and T2 partial three-electron conditions
DQG3POS
Two-electron conditions plus the full three-electron conditions
RECOMMENDATION:
For high-accuracy, use DQG3POS or DQGT2, although such
computations become impractical for large active spaces. For large active
spaces (e.g., n > 16 for CAS(n, n)), use DQG.
RDM_PRINT
RDM_PRINT
Controls the amount of printing.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Print minimal information.
1
Print information about all iterations.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use 1 to analyze convergence issues.
RDM_TAU
RDM_TAU
Step-length parameter used in the BPSDP solver.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
for a value of 0.1 *
RECOMMENDATION:
RDM_TAU should range between 10 and 16 for .
RDM_TPDM_GUESS
RDM_TPDM_GUESS
Initial guess for the RDMs
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
HF_GUESS
OPTIONS:
HF_GUESS
Use RDMs from Hartree-Fock calculations as the initial density for the semidefinite solver
RANDOM_GUESS
Use random numbers as the initial density for the semidefinite solver
RECOMMENDATION:
Use default unless convergence problems arise.
REL_SHIFT
REL_SHIFT
Corrects the calculated TDDFT excitation energy for scalar relativistic effects.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to the atomic number of the core-ionized element.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
Activate the general response property module.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE (or 0)
Don’t activate the general response property module.
TRUE (or 1)
Activate the general response property module.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RESP_CHARGES
RESP_CHARGES
Controls the calculations of RESP charges, where chemically
equivalent atoms are restricted to have the same atomic charge value.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
NONE
OPTIONS:
1
Use Lebedev grid points around each atom.
2
Use spherical harmonics grid points around each atom.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
RI_J
RI_J
Toggles the use of the RI algorithm to compute J.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
RI will not be used to compute J.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Turn on RI for J.
RECOMMENDATION:
For large (especially 1D and 2D) molecules the approximation may yield
significant improvements in Fock evaluation time when used with ARI.
RI_K_GRAD
RI_K_GRAD
Turn on the nuclear gradient calculations
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Do not invoke occ-RI-K based gradient
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use occ-RI-K based gradient
RECOMMENDATION:
Use "RI_J false"
RI_K
RI_K
Toggles the use of the RI algorithm to compute K.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
RI will not be used to compute K.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Turn on RI for K.
RECOMMENDATION:
For large (especially 1D and 2D) molecules the approximation may yield
significant improvements in Fock evaluation time when used with ARI.
ROKS_LEVEL_SHIFT
ROKS_LEVEL_SHIFT
Introduce a level shift of /100 hartree to aid DIIS convergence.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No shift
level shift of N/100 hartree.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use in cases of problematic DIIS convergence.
ROKS
ROKS
Controls whether ROKS calculation will be performed.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
ROKS is not performed.
TRUE
ROKS will be performed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if ROKS calculation is desired. Make sure that
UNRESTRICTED is not set to TRUE.
RPATH_COORDS
RPATH_COORDS
Determines which coordinate system to use in the IRC search.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
Use mass-weighted coordinates.
1
Use Cartesian coordinates.
2
Use Z-matrix coordinates.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. Note that use of -matrix coordinates requires that geometries be input in -matrix format.
RPATH_DIRECTION
RPATH_DIRECTION
Determines the first direction of the eigenmode to follow. This will not usually be
known prior to the Hessian diagonalization.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Descend in the positive direction of the eigenmode, then restart in the negative direction.
-1
Descend in the negative direction of the eigenmode, then restart in the positive direction.
RECOMMENDATION:
It is usually not possible to determine in which direction to
go a priori, so both directions are automatically
considered. A job that reads in the final geometry from
the reaction path job will use the final step from
the second direction.
RPATH_MAX_CYCLES
RPATH_MAX_CYCLES
Specifies the maximum number of points to find on the reaction path.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
20
OPTIONS:
User-defined number of cycles.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use more points if the minimum is desired, but not reached using the default.
RPATH_MAX_STEPSIZE
RPATH_MAX_STEPSIZE
Specifies the maximum step size to be taken (in 0.001 a.u.).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
150
corresponding to a step size of 0.15 a.u..
OPTIONS:
Step size = /1000 a.u.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
RPATH_PRINT
RPATH_PRINT
Specifies the print output level.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default, as little additional information is printed at higher levels.
Most of the output arises from the multiple single point calculations that are
performed along the reaction pathway.
RPATH_TOL_DISPLACEMENT
RPATH_TOL_DISPLACEMENT
Specifies the convergence threshold for the step. If a step size is chosen by
the algorithm that is smaller than this, the path is deemed to have reached the
minimum.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5000
Corresponding to 0.005 a.u.
OPTIONS:
User-defined. Tolerance = /1000000 a.u.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. Note that this option only controls the
threshold for ending the RPATH job and does nothing to
the intermediate steps of the calculation. A smaller value will
provide reaction paths that end closer to the true minimum.
Use of smaller values without adjusting RPATH_MAX_STEPSIZE,
however, can lead to oscillations about the minimum.
RPA
RPA
Do an RPA calculation in addition to a CIS or TDDFT/TDA calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL/INTEGER
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not do an RPA calculation.
TRUE
Do an RPA calculation.
2
Do an RPA calculation without running CIS or TDDFT/TDA first.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
S2THRESH
S2THRESH
Cutoff for neglect of overlap integrals, defined via a two-electron shell-pair threshold of (S2THRESH
).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Same as THRESH.
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of .
RECOMMENDATION:
Increase the value of S2THRESH if the program finds negative eigenvalues for the overlap matrix.
SASF_RPA
SASF_RPA
Do an SA-SF-CIS/DFT calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not do an SA-SF-CIS/DFT calculation.
TRUE
Do an SA-SF-CIS/DFT calculation (requires ROHF ground state).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SAVE_LAST_GPX
SAVE_LAST_GPX
Save the last when calculating dynamic
polarizabilities in order to call the MOProp code in a second run,
via MOPROP = 104 (which is otherwise the same
as MOPROP = HYPERPOL).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
False
1
True
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SAVE_VIBRONIC_PARAMS
SAVE_VIBRONIC_PARAMS
Save information about excited state which is requested in vibronic spectra simulation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
TRUE
SCALE_NUCLEAR_CHARGE
SCALE_NUCLEAR_CHARGE
Scale the nuclear charges.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
do not scale (use true atomic numbers)
OPTIONS:
scale the nuclear charges in a way that adds a charge of /100 (in a.u.)
RECOMMENDATION:
For EOM methods a perturbative correction can be added in conjunction with this option (as noted above),
but for other electronic structure methods once simply gets a traditional calculation but with modified nuclear charges.
SCFMI_FREEZE_SS
SCFMI_FREEZE_SS
Keep the first several fragments unrelaxed in an SCFMI calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (all fragments are active)
OPTIONS:
Freeze the first fragments.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SCFMI_MODE
SCFMI_MODE
Determine whether generalized SCFMI is used and also the property of the working basis.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (“1" is used by basic “EDA2" calculations).
OPTIONS:
0
AO-block based SCFMI (the original definition of ALMOs).
1
Generalized SCFMI with basis vectors that are non-orthogonal between fragments.
2
Generalized SCFMI with basis vectors that are orthogonal between fragments.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SCF_ALGORITHM
SCF_ALGORITHM
Algorithm used for converging the SCF.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
None
OPTIONS:
SGM
SGM_LS
SGM_QLS
RECOMMENDATION:
SGM should be used for RO-SCF or ROKS calculations only. SGM_LS is recommended for R- or U-SCF,
though it can also be used for RO-SCF or ROKS.
SGM_QLS is a slower but more robust option for R- and U-SCF calculations.
SCF_CONVERGENCE
SCF_CONVERGENCE
SCF is considered converged when the wave function error is less that
. Adjust the value of THRESH at the same
time. (Starting with Q-Chem 3.0, the DIIS error is measured by the maximum error
rather than the RMS error as in earlier versions.)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
For single point energy calculations (including BSSE and XSAPT jobs)
7
For job types NMR, STATPOLAR, DYNPOLAR, HYPERPOLAR, and ISSC
8
For most other job types, including geometry optimization, transition-state search,
vibrational analysis, CIS/TDDFT calculations, correlated wavefunction methods,
energy decomposition analysis (EDA2), etc.
OPTIONS:
User-defined
RECOMMENDATION:
Tighter criteria for geometry optimization and vibration analysis. Larger
values provide more significant figures, at greater computational cost.
SCF_FINAL_PRINT
SCF_FINAL_PRINT
Controls level of output from SCF procedure to Q-Chem output file at the
end of the SCF.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
No extra print out.
OPTIONS:
0
No extra print out.
1
Orbital energies and break-down of SCF energy.
2
Level 1 plus MOs and density matrices.
3
Level 2 plus Fock matrix.
RECOMMENDATION:
The break-down of energies is often useful (level 1).
SCF_GUESS_ALWAYS
SCF_GUESS_ALWAYS
Switch to force the regeneration of a new initial guess for each series of
SCF iterations (for use in geometry optimization).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
False
Do not generate a new guess for each series of SCF iterations in an
optimization; use MOs from the previous SCF calculation for the guess,
if available.
True
Generate a new guess for each series of SCF iterations in a geometry
optimization.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless SCF convergence issues arise
SCF_GUESS_MIX
SCF_GUESS_MIX
Controls mixing of LUMO and HOMO to break symmetry in the initial guess. For
unrestricted jobs, the mixing is performed only for the alpha orbitals.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0 (FALSE)
Do not mix HOMO and LUMO in SCF guess.
OPTIONS:
0 (FALSE)
Do not mix HOMO and LUMO in SCF guess.
1 (TRUE)
Add 10% of LUMO to HOMO to break symmetry.
Add of LUMO to HOMO ().
RECOMMENDATION:
When performing unrestricted calculations on molecules with an even number of
electrons, it is often necessary to break alpha/beta symmetry in the initial
guess with this option, or by specifying input for $occupied.
SCF_GUESS_PRINT
SCF_GUESS_PRINT
Controls printing of guess MOs, Fock and density matrices.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not print guesses.
SAD
1
Atomic density matrices and molecular matrix.
2
Level 1 plus density matrices.
CORE and GWH
1
No extra output.
2
Level 1 plus Fock and density matrices and, MO coefficients and
eigenvalues.
READ
1
No extra output
2
Level 1 plus density matrices, MO coefficients and eigenvalues.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SCF_GUESS
SCF_GUESS
Specifies the initial guess procedure to use for the SCF.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
SAD
Superposition of atomic densities
704
J. Comput. Chem.
(2006),
27,
pp. 926.
Link
(default for internal basis
sets)
AUTOSAD
For internally defined or user-customized general basis sets or mixed basis
GWH
For ROHF jobs with GEN_SCFMAN = FALSE which require a set of orbitals
FRAGMO
For fragment jobs such as ALMO-based calculations
CORE
For special cases that currently can’t be handled by the ones above
(e.g. mixed basis with ghost atoms)
OPTIONS:
CORE
Diagonalize core Hamiltonian
SAD
Superposition of atomic density
704
J. Comput. Chem.
(2006),
27,
pp. 926.
Link
SAP
Superposition of atomic potentials
700
J. Chem. Theory Comput.
(2019),
15,
pp. 1593.
Link
(only available with GEN_SCFMAN = TRUE)
AUTOSAD
On-the-fly superposition of atomic densities
SADMO
Purified superposition of atomic densities (available only with
standard basis sets)
GWH
Apply generalized Wolfsberg-Helmholtz approximation
READ
Read previous MOs from disk
FRAGMO
Superimposing converged
fragment MOs (see Section 12.3)
RECOMMENDATION:
SAD, AUTOSAD, or
SADMO guess for standard basis sets. For either standard or
user-customized general basis sets, AUTOSAD is recommended and used
as default. If these options fail, use the SAP guess; try the GWH or
core Hamiltonian guess only as a last resort. For mixed basis sets,
only the AUTOSAD, SAP, GWH, and core Hamiltonian guesses are
currently available. For ROHF it can be useful to READ guesses from
an SCF calculation on the corresponding cation or anion. Note that
because the density is made spherical, this may favor an undesired
state for atomic systems, especially transition metals. Use FRAGMO
in a fragment MO calculation.
SCF_MINFIND_INCREASEFACTOR
SCF_MINFIND_INCREASEFACTOR
Controls how the height of the penalty function
changes when repeatedly trapped at the same solution
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10100 meaning 1.01
OPTIONS:
corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
If the algorithm converges to a solution which corresponds
to a previously located solution, increase both the
normalization N and the width lambda of the penalty function there. Then do a restart.
SCF_MINFIND_INITLAMBDA
SCF_MINFIND_INITLAMBDA
Control the initial width of the penalty function.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
02000 meaning 2.000
OPTIONS:
corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
The initial inverse-width (i.e., the inverse-variance) of the Gaussian to
place to fill solution’s well. Measured in electrons. Increasing this
will repeatedly converging on the same solution.
SCF_MINFIND_INITNORM
SCF_MINFIND_INITNORM
Control the initial height of the penalty function.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
01000 meaning 1.000
OPTIONS:
corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
The initial normalization of the Gaussian to place to fill a well. Measured in hartrees.
SCF_MINFIND_MIXENERGY
SCF_MINFIND_MIXENERGY
Specify the active energy range when doing Active mixing
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
00200 meaning 00.200
OPTIONS:
corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
The standard deviation of the Gaussian distribution used
to select the orbitals for mixing (centered on the Fermi level). Measured in Hartree.
To find less-excited solutions, decrease this value
SCF_MINFIND_MIXMETHOD
SCF_MINFIND_MIXMETHOD
Specify how to select orbitals for random mixing
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Random mixing: select from any orbital to any orbital.
1
Active mixing: select based on energy, decaying with distance from the Fermi level.
2
Active Alpha space mixing: select based on energy, decaying with distance from the
Fermi level only in the alpha space.
RECOMMENDATION:
Random mixing will often find very high energy solutions.
If lower energy solutions are desired, use 1 or 2.
SCF_MINFIND_NRANDOMMIXES
SCF_MINFIND_NRANDOMMIXES
Control how many random mixes to do to generate new orbitals
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
Perform random mixes.
RECOMMENDATION:
This is the number of occupied/virtual pairs to attempt to mix,
per separate density (i.e., for unrestricted calculations both
alpha and beta space will get this many rotations). If this
is negative then only mix the highest 25% occupied and lowest 25% virtuals.
SCF_MINFIND_RANDOMMIXING
SCF_MINFIND_RANDOMMIXING
Control how to choose new orbitals after locating a solution
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
00200 meaning .02 radians
OPTIONS:
corresponding to radians
RECOMMENDATION:
After locating an SCF solution, the orbitals are mixed randomly to move to a
new position in orbital space. For each occupied and virtual orbital pair
picked at random and rotate between them by a random angle between 0 and this.
If this is negative then use exactly this number, e.g., will almost
exactly swap orbitals. Any number will cause the orbitals to be
swapped exactly.
SCF_MINFIND_READDISTTHRESH
SCF_MINFIND_READDISTTHRESH
The distance threshold at which to consider two solutions the same
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
00100 meaning 0.1
OPTIONS:
corresponding to
RECOMMENDATION:
The threshold to regard a minimum as the same as a read in
minimum. Measured in electrons. If two minima are closer
together than this, reduce the threshold to distinguish them.
SCF_MINFIND_RESTARTSTEPS
SCF_MINFIND_RESTARTSTEPS
Restart with new orbitals if no minima have been found within this many steps
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
300
OPTIONS:
Restart after steps.
RECOMMENDATION:
If the SCF calculation spends many steps not finding a
solution, lowering this number may speed up solution-finding.
If the system converges to solutions very
slowly, then this number may need to be raised.
SCF_MINFIND_RUNCORR
SCF_MINFIND_RUNCORR
Run post-SCF correlated methods on multiple SCF solutions
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
If this is set , then run correlation methods for all found SCF solutions.
RECOMMENDATION:
Post-HF correlation methods should function correctly with excited
SCF solutions, but their convergence is often much more difficult owing to intruder states.
SCF_MINFIND_WELLTHRESH
SCF_MINFIND_WELLTHRESH
Specify what SCF_MINFIND believes is the basin of a solution
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of
RECOMMENDATION:
When the DIIS error is less than , penalties are switched
off to see whether it has converged to a new solution.
SCF_NOCRASH
SCF_NOCRASH
Ensure the calculations continues if the SCF fails to converge for a given structure.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Ensure calculation will continue with next structure.
False
Calculation will stop.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use SCF_NOCRASH = TRUE.
SCF_PRINT_FRGM
SCF_PRINT_FRGM
Controls the output of Q-Chem jobs on isolated fragments.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
The output is printed to the parent job output file.
FALSE
The output is not printed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use TRUE if details about isolated fragments are important.
SCF_PRINT
SCF_PRINT
Controls level of output from SCF procedure to Q-Chem output file.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Minimal, concise, useful and necessary output.
OPTIONS:
0
Minimal, concise, useful and necessary output.
1
Level 0 plus component breakdown of SCF electronic energy.
2
Level 1 plus density, Fock and MO matrices on each cycle.
3
Level 2 plus two-electron Fock matrix components (Coulomb, HF exchange
, orbital kinetic energies, and DFT exchange-correlation matrices) on each cycle.
RECOMMENDATION:
Proceed with care; can result in extremely large output files at level 2 or higher.
Output of all information is only available in scfman (GEN_SCFMAN = FALSE).
If GEN_SCFMAN is set to TRUE and SCF_PRINT > 1,
only level 1 plus MO matrices are available in the output.
These levels are primarily for program debugging.
SCF_READMINIMA
SCF_READMINIMA
Read in solutions from a previous SCF metadynamics calculation
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Read in previous solutions and attempt to locate them all.
Read in previous solutions, but only attempt to locate solution
(not available in libnoci).
RECOMMENDATION:
This may not actually locate all solutions required and will probably
locate others too. The SCF will also stop when the number of
solutions specified in SCF_SAVEMINIMA are found.
Solutions from other geometries may also be read in and used as starting orbitals.
If a solution is found and matches one that is read in within
SCF_MINFIND_READDISTTHRESH, its orbitals are saved in
that position for any future calculations.
The algorithm works by restarting from the orbitals and density
of a the minimum it is attempting to find. After 10 failed
restarts (defined by SCF_MINFIND_RESTARTSTEPS), it moves
to another previous minimum and attempts to locate that instead.
If there are no minima to find, the restart does random mixing
(with 10 times the normal random mixing parameter).
Note that in libnoci, previous minima are read using NOCI_REFGEN = 1,
whilst the exact solutions are specified as described in Section 4.9.3
SCF_SAVEMINIMA
SCF_SAVEMINIMA
Turn on SCF metadynamics and specify how many solutions to locate.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not use SCF metadynamics
Attempt to find distinct SCF solutions.
RECOMMENDATION:
Perform SCF Orbital metadynamics and attempt to locate
different SCF solutions. Note that these may not all be minima. Many saddle points are often located.
The last one located will be the one used in any post-SCF treatments.
In systems where there are infinite point groups, this procedure
cannot currently distinguish between spatial rotations of different
densities, so will likely converge on these multiply.
SEARCH_ATOMIC
SEARCH_ATOMIC
Perform an optimisation for atomic cluster.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Atomic cluster search will be performed.
False
Molecular clusters search will be performed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use N_SWOP to specify atomic number of atom swops in structure generation.
SEARCH_MOM
SEARCH_MOM
Allows the search to be performed in conjunction with MOM to explore excited states.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
A search with MOM is performed.
False
Normal calculation without MOM.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
SET_QUADRATIC
SET_QUADRATIC
Determines whether to include full quadratic response contributions for TDDFT.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Include full quadratic response contributions for TDDFT.
FALSE
Use pseudo-wave function approach.
RECOMMENDATION:
The pseudo-wave function approach is usually accurate enough and is free of accidental singularities.
Consult Refs.
1341
J. Chem. Phys.
(2015),
142,
pp. 064109.
Link
and
895
J. Chem. Phys.
(2015),
142,
pp. 064114.
Link
for additional guidance.
SET_STATE_DERIV
SET_STATE_DERIV
Sets the excited state index for analytical gradient calculation
for geometry optimizations and vibrational analysis with SOS-CIS(D)
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Select the th state.
RECOMMENDATION:
Check to see that the states do no change order during an optimization.
For closed-shell systems, either CIS_SINGLETS or CIS_TRIPLETS
must be set to false.
SFX_AMP_OCC_A
SFX_AMP_OCC_A
Defines a custom amplitude guess vector in SF-XCIS method.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
builds a guess amplitude with an -hole in the th orbital
(requires SFX_AMP_VIR_B).
RECOMMENDATION:
Only use when default guess is not satisfactory.
SFX_AMP_VIR_B
SFX_AMP_VIR_B
Defines a user-specified amplitude guess vector in SF-XCIS method.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
builds a guess amplitude with a -particle in the th orbital
(requires SFX_AMP_OCC_A).
RECOMMENDATION:
Only use when default guess is not satisfactory.
SF_STATES
SF_STATES
Controls the number of excited spin-flip states to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform a SF-ADC calculation
OPTIONS:
Number of states to calculate for each irrep or
Compute states for the first irrep,
states for the second irrep, …
RECOMMENDATION:
Use this variable to define the number of excited states in the
case of a spin-flip calculation. SF-ADC is available for ADC(2)-s,
ADC(2)-x and ADC(3).
SKIP_CHARGE_SELF_INTERACT
SKIP_CHARGE_SELF_INTERACT
Ignores the electrostatic interactions among external charges in a QM/MM calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
No electrostatic interactions among external charges.
FALSE
Computes the electrostatic interactions among external charges.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SKIP_CIS_RPA
SKIP_CIS_RPA
Skips the solution of the CIS, RPA, TDA or TDDFT equations for wave function
analysis.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE / FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to true to speed up the generation of plot data if the same calculation
has been run previously with the scratch files saved.
SKIP_OLD_SCFMAN
SKIP_OLD_SCFMAN
Skips only old SCF drivers
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Skip only old SCF drivers
FALSE
Do not skip old SCF drivers
RECOMMENDATION:
When performing CAP calculations on temporary anions, it may help setting this variable to FALSE.
SMX_GAS_PHASE
SMX_GAS_PHASE
Converge the gas-phase SCF first before doing calculations with SM models
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Run SMx calculations directly
TRUE
Run gas-phase calculation first
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless solvation free energy is needed. Set it to TRUE
if the SCF calculation fails to converge otherwise.
SOLVENT_METHOD
SOLVENT_METHOD
Sets the preferred solvent method.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not use a solvation model.
KIRKWOOD
Use the Kirkwood-Onsager model (Section 11.2.2).
PCM
Use an apparent surface charge, polarizable continuum model
(Section 11.2.3).
ISOSVP
Use the isodensity implementation of the SS(V)PE model
(Section 11.2.6).
COSMO
Use COSMO (Section 11.2.8).
SM8
Use version 8 of the Cramer-Truhlar SM model (Section 11.2.9.1).
SM12
Use version 12 of the SM model (Section 11.2.9.2).
SMD
Use SMD (Section 11.2.9.3).
CHEM_SOL
Use the Langevin Dipoles model (Section 11.2.10).
PEQS
Use the Poisson Equation Solver (Section 11.2.11).
RECOMMENDATION:
Consult the literature (e.g., Ref.
490
Wiley Interdiscip. Rev.: Comput. Mol. Sci.
(2021),
11,
pp. e1519.
Link
).
PCM is a collective name for a family of models and
additional input options may be required in this case, in order to fully
specify the model; see Section 11.2.3. Several versions
of SM12 are available as well, as discussed in Section 11.2.9.2.
SOS_FACTOR
SOS_FACTOR
Controls the strength of the opposite-spin component of PT2 correlation energy.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to in Eq. (5.60).
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
SOS_UFACTOR
SOS_UFACTOR
Sets the scaling parameter
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
151
For SOS-CIS(D), corresponding to 1.51
140
For SOS-CIS(D), corresponding to 1.40
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default
SPIN_FLIP_XCIS
SPIN_FLIP_XCIS
Do a SF-XCIS calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not do an SF-XCIS calculation.
TRUE
Do an SF-XCIS calculation (requires ROHF triplet ground state).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SPIN_FLIP
SPIN_FLIP
Selects whether to perform a standard excited state calculation, or a
spin-flip calculation. Spin multiplicity should be set to 3 for systems with
an even number of electrons, and 4 for systems with an odd number of electrons.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SRC_DFT
SRC_DFT
Selects form of the short-range corrected functional.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
1
SRC1 functional.
2
SRC2 functional.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SSG
SSG
Controls the calculation of the SSG wave function.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not compute the SSG wave function
1
Do compute the SSG wave function
RECOMMENDATION:
See also the UNRESTRICTED and DIIS_SUBSPACE_SIZE $rem
variables.
SSS_FACTOR
SSS_FACTOR
Controls the strength of the same-spin component of PT2 correlation energy.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to in Eq. (5.60).
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
STABILITY_ANALYSIS
STABILITY_ANALYSIS
Performs stability analysis for a HF or DFT solution.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform stability analysis.
FALSE
Do not perform stability analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE when a HF or DFT solution is suspected to be unstable.
STATE_ANALYSIS
STATE_ANALYSIS
Controls the analysis and export of excited, ionized or electron-attached state densities and orbitals
(see 10.2.9 for details).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform excited state analyses.
FALSE
No excited state analyses or export will be performed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE, if detailed analysis of the excited, ionized or electron-attached states is required
or if density or orbital plots are needed.
STATE_FOLLOW
STATE_FOLLOW
Turns on state following.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not use state-following.
TRUE
Use state-following.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
STEP_EPSILON
STEP_EPSILON
Scales the size of the occupied/virtual gap imposed by the level-shift by /100 Hartree.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless convergence issues arise, in which case a larger value
can be used until the desired state is found. Be aware that increasing the occupied/virtual
gap in level-shift algorithms slows convergence so it may be advisable to
increase SCF_MAX_CYCLES if large shifts are required.
STEP_PRINT
STEP_PRINT
Controls the print level for STEP algorithm information.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
Do not print any information about STEP between SCF cycles.
1
Print the level-shift applied at each SCF cycle (R- and U-STEP).
2
Print the level-shift for both mixed and triplet states at each SCF cycle (RO-STEP).
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default. Level shifts of 0 indicate that an aufbau criterion
is sufficient to determine orbital occupation, and shifts imply
non-aufbau selection of the occupied space.
STEP
STEP
Activates the STEP procedure.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not apply the STEP level-shift algorithm.
TRUE
Apply the STEP level-shift algorithm.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
STS_ACCEPTOR
STS_ACCEPTOR
Define the acceptor molecular fragment.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
0
No acceptor fragment is defined.
OPTIONS:
-
Acceptor fragment is in the th atom to the th atom.
RECOMMENDATION:
Note no space between the hyphen and the numbers and .
STS_DONOR
STS_DONOR
Define the donor fragment.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
0
No donor fragment is defined.
OPTIONS:
-
Donor fragment is in the th atom to the th atom.
RECOMMENDATION:
Note no space between the hyphen and the numbers and .
STS_FCD
STS_FCD
Control the calculation of FCD for ET couplings.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform an FCD calculation.
TRUE
Include an FCD calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
STS_FED
STS_FED
Control the calculation of FED for EET couplings.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform a FED calculation.
TRUE
Include a FED calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
STS_FSD
STS_FSD
Control the calculation of FSD for EET couplings.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform a FSD calculation.
TRUE
Include a FSD calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
For RCIS triplets, FSD and FED are equivalent. FSD will be automatically
switched off and perform a FED calculation.
STS_GMH
STS_GMH
Control the calculation of GMH for ET couplings.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform a GMH calculation.
TRUE
Include a GMH calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
When set to true computes Mulliken-Hush electronic couplings. It yields
the generalized Mulliken-Hush couplings as well as the transition dipole
moments for each pair of excited states and for each excited state with
the ground state.
STS_MOM
STS_MOM
Control calculation of the transition moments between excited states in the
CIS and TDDFT calculations (including SF-CIS and SF-DFT).
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not calculate state-to-state transition moments.
TRUE
Do calculate state-to-state transition moments.
RECOMMENDATION:
When set to true requests the state-to-state dipole transition moments for
all pairs of excited states and for each excited state with the ground
state.
SVP_CAVITY_CONV
SVP_CAVITY_CONV
Determines the convergence value of the iterative isodensity cavity procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
10
OPTIONS:
Convergence threshold set to .
RECOMMENDATION:
The default value unless convergence problems arise.
SVP_CHARGE_CONV
SVP_CHARGE_CONV
Determines the convergence value for the charges on the cavity. When the
change in charges fall below this value, if the electron density is converged,
then the calculation is considered converged.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
7
OPTIONS:
Convergence threshold set to .
RECOMMENDATION:
The default value unless convergence problems arise.
SVP_GUESS
SVP_GUESS
Specifies how and if the solvation module will use a given guess for the
charges and cavity points.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No guessing.
1
Read a guess from a previous Q-Chem solvation computation.
2
Use a guess specified by the $svpirf section from the input
RECOMMENDATION:
It is helpful to also set SCF_GUESS to READ when using a guess
from a previous Q-Chem run.
SVP_MEMORY
SVP_MEMORY
Specifies the amount of memory for use by the solvation module.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
125
OPTIONS:
corresponds to the amount of memory in MB.
RECOMMENDATION:
The default should be fine for medium size molecules
with the default Lebedev grid, only increase if needed.
SVP_PATH
SVP_PATH
Specifies whether to run a gas phase computation prior to performing the
solvation procedure.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
runs a gas-phase calculation and after
convergence runs the SS(V)PE computation.
1
does not run a gas-phase calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
Running the gas-phase calculation provides a good guess to start the solvation
stage and provides a more complete set of solvated properties.
SYMMETRY_DECOMPOSITION
SYMMETRY_DECOMPOSITION
Determines symmetry decompositions to calculate.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
0
No symmetry decomposition.
1
Calculate MO eigenvalues and symmetry (if available).
2
Perform symmetry decomposition of kinetic energy and nuclear attraction
matrices.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
SYMMETRY
SYMMETRY
Controls the efficiency through the use of point group symmetry for
calculating integrals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
Use symmetry for computing integrals.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use symmetry when available.
FALSE
Do not use symmetry. This is
always the case for RIMP2 jobs
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless benchmarking.
Note that symmetry usage is disabled for RIMP2, FFT, and QM/MM jobs.
SYM_IGNORE
SYM_IGNORE
Controls whether or not Q-Chem determines the point group of the molecule and reorients the molecule to the standard orientation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Do determine the point group (disabled for RIMP2 jobs).
OPTIONS:
TRUE/FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless you do not want the molecule to be reoriented.
Note that symmetry usage is disabled for RIMP2 jobs.
SYM_TOL
SYM_TOL
Controls the tolerance for determining point group symmetry. Differences in
atom locations less than are treated as zero.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
5
Corresponding to .
OPTIONS:
User defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless the molecule has high symmetry which is not being
correctly identified. Note that relaxing this tolerance too much may introduce
errors into the calculation.
TAO_DFT_THETA_NDP
TAO_DFT_THETA_NDP
The parameter (the exponent) for the value of the fictitious temperature in TAO-DFT.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
Customize the exponential power for the fictitious temperature.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
TAO_DFT_THETA
TAO_DFT_THETA
The parameter (the mantissa) for the value of the fictitious temperature in TAO-DFT.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
7
OPTIONS:
Customize the mantissa for the fictitious temperature.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
TAO_DFT
TAO_DFT
Controls whether to use TAO-DFT.
TYPE:
Boolean
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not use TAO-DFT
TRUE
Use TAO-DFT
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
TDDFT_MI
TDDFT_MI
Perform an TDDFT(MI) calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not perform an TDDFT(MI) calculation
TRUE
Perform an TDDFT(MI) calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
False
TDDFT_NVIRT
TDDFT_NVIRT
Specifies the number of virtual orbitals included in the XAS TDDFT calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to the lowest energy virtual orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
TDDFT_PCM
TDDFT_PCM
Controls LR-PCM for TDDFT, i.e., whether or not to add the PCM contributions to the TDDFT eigenvalue problem.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not do LR-PCM (0th-order solvent correction only).
TRUE
Perform full LR-PCM.
RECOMMENDATION:
Assuming that PCM solvation is turned on for the ground state (SOLVENT_METHOD = PCM in the $rem section),
then disabling LR-PCM by setting TDDFT_PCM = FALSE
will afford a “0th-order” solvation correction, in which solvent-polarized MOs and energy levels are used in
what is otherwise equivalent to a gas-phase TDDFT calculation. This is the first step in more sophisticated “nonequilibrium”
TDDFT + PCM methods, which are discussed in Section 11.2.3.3. The LR-PCM correction to the
excitation energies has some peculiar properties, such as the fact that it vanishes for optically-forbidden states,
490
Wiley Interdiscip. Rev.: Comput. Mol. Sci.
(2021),
11,
pp. e1519.
Link
and the state-specific approaches that are discussed in Section 11.2.3.3 are likely preferable.
TDKS_RESTART
TDKS_RESTART
Restart the calculation by continuing the previous job
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
The TDKS calculation continues from the previous calculation.
FALSE
The TDKS calculation starts from the beginning.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
TDKS
TDKS
Job control keyword to turn on TDKS calculation
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform a TDKS calculation following a ground-state SCF calculation
FALSE
Do not perform a TDKS calculation
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
THRESH_ADIIS_SWITCH
THRESH_ADIIS_SWITCH
The threshold for switching from ADIIS to DIIS in ADIIS_DIIS calculations
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
n
Switching from ADIIS to DIIS when the SCF error is below
RECOMMENDATION:
3 or 4 is suitable
THRESH_DIIS_SWITCH
THRESH_DIIS_SWITCH
The threshold for switching between DIIS extrapolation and direct minimization
of the SCF energy is when
SCF_ALGORITHM is DIIS_GDM or DIIS_DM. See
also MAX_DIIS_CYCLES.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
2
OPTIONS:
User-defined.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
THRESH_RCA_SWITCH
THRESH_RCA_SWITCH
The threshold for switching between RCA and DIIS when SCF_ALGORITHM is RCA_DIIS.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
N
Algorithm changes from RCA to DIIS when Error is less than .
RECOMMENDATION:
None
THRESH
THRESH
Cutoff for neglect of two electron integrals. (THRESH
).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
8
For single point energies.
10
For optimizations and frequency calculations.
14
For coupled-cluster calculations.
OPTIONS:
for a threshold of .
RECOMMENDATION:
Should be at least three greater than SCF_CONVERGENCE. Increase for
more significant figures, at greater computational cost.
TIGHTEN_CONVERG
TIGHTEN_CONVERG
At the end of the search re-calculate the energies of the optimized structures with
tighter SCF convergence criteria.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Additional calculations with tighter SCF convergence performed.
False
No additional calculations performed.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
TIME_STEP
TIME_STEP
Specifies the molecular dynamics time step, in atomic units (1 a.u. = 0.0242
fs).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
None.
OPTIONS:
User-specified.
RECOMMENDATION:
Smaller time steps lead to better energy conservation; too large a time step
may cause the job to fail entirely. Make the time step as large as possible,
consistent with tolerable energy conservation.
TRNSS
TRNSS
Controls whether reduced single excitation space is used.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Use full excitation space.
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Use reduced excitation space.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
TRTYPE
TRTYPE
Controls how reduced subspace is specified.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Select orbitals localized on a set of atoms.
2
Specify a set of orbitals.
3
Specify a set of occupied orbitals, include excitations to all virtual orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
TRUNC_CI_LEVEL
TRUNC_CI_LEVEL
Specifies the order of truncated CI to be used in the active space.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not carry out truncated CI
1
CIS
2
CISD
3
CISDT
4
CISDTQ
etc.
RECOMMENDATION:
TSVDW_SR
TSVDW
TSVDW
Flag to switch on the TS-vdW method
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
Do not apply TS-vdW.
1
Apply the TS-vdW method to obtain the TS-vdW energy.
2
Apply the TS-vdW method to obtain the TS-vdW energy and corresponding gradients.
RECOMMENDATION:
Since TS-vdW is itself a form of dispersion correction, it should not be used in conjunction with any of the
dispersion corrections described in Section 5.7.3.
UNRESTRICTED
UNRESTRICTED
Controls the use of restricted or unrestricted orbitals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
Closed-shell systems.
TRUE
Open-shell systems.
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Constrain the spatial part of the alpha and beta orbitals to be the same.
TRUE
Do not Constrain the spatial part of the alpha and beta orbitals.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless ROHF is desired. Note that for unrestricted calculations on
systems with an even number of electrons it is usually necessary to break
/ symmetry in the initial guess, by using SCF_GUESS_MIX or
providing $occupied information (see Section 4.4 on initial guesses).
USECUBLAS_THRESH
USECUBLAS_THRESH
Sets threshold of matrix size sent to GPU
(smaller size not worth sending to GPU).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
250
OPTIONS:
n
user-defined threshold
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default value. Anything less can
seriously hinder the GPU acceleration
USER_CONNECT
USER_CONNECT
Enables explicitly defined bonds.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Bond connectivity is read from the $molecule section
FALSE
Bond connectivity is determined by atom proximity
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if bond connectivity is known, in which case this connectivity must be
specified in the $molecule section. This greatly accelerates MM calculations.
USE_INITIAL
USE_INITIAL
Include input structure as part of the search.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
False
OPTIONS:
True
Input structure is included in the search.
False
Input structure is not included in the search.
RECOMMENDATION:
None.
USE_LIBPT
USE_LIBPT
Enable libpt for CCSD(T) calculations in CCMAN2.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
FALSE
RECOMMENDATION:
libpt is now used by default in all real-valued CC/EOM-CC calculations
USE_MGEMM
USE_MGEMM
Use the mixed-precision matrix scheme (MGEMM) if you want to make calculations
in your card in single-precision (or if you have a single-precision-only GPU),
but leave some parts of the RI-MP2 calculation in double precision)
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
MGEMM disabled
TRUE
MGEMM enabled
RECOMMENDATION:
Use when having single-precision cards
USE_RVV10
USE_RVV10
Used to turn on the rVV10 NLC functional
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Use VV10 NLC (the default for NL_CORRELATION)
TRUE
Use rVV10 NLC
RECOMMENDATION:
Set to TRUE if the rVV10 NLC is desired.
VARTHRESH
VARTHRESH
Controls the temporary integral cut-off threshold,
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Turns VARTHRESH off
OPTIONS:
User-defined threshold
RECOMMENDATION:
3 has been found to be a practical level, and can slightly speed up SCF
evaluation.
VCI
VCI
Specifies the number of quanta involved in the VCI calculation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
User-defined. Maximum value is 10.
RECOMMENDATION:
The availability depends on the memory of the machine. Memory allocation for
VCI calculation is the square of
with double
precision. For example, a machine with 1.5 GB memory and for molecules with
fewer than 4 atoms, VCI(10) can be carried out, for molecule containing fewer
than 5 atoms, VCI(6) can be carried out, for molecule containing fewer than 6
atoms, VCI(5) can be carried out. For molecules containing fewer than 50
atoms, VCI(2) is available. VCI(1) and VCI(3) usually overestimated the true
energy while VCI(4) usually gives an answer close to the converged energy.
VIBMAN_PRINT
VIBMAN_PRINT
Controls level of extra print out for vibrational analysis.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
1
OPTIONS:
1
Standard full information print out.
If VCI is TRUE, overtones and combination bands are also printed.
3
Level 1 plus vibrational frequencies in atomic units.
4
Level 3 plus mass-weighted Hessian matrix, projected mass-weighted Hessian
matrix.
6
Level 4 plus vectors for translations and rotations projection matrix.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
VIBRONIC_SPECTRA
VIBRONIC_SPECTRA
Specifies which type of vibronic spectra will be predicted. Should be used in a frequency job (jobtype = Freq).
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
OPTIONS:
0
No vibronic spectra is predicted.
1
OPA spectra is calculated.
2
OPE spectra is calculated.
3
RRS spectra is calculated.
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default.
WANG_ZIEGLER_KERNEL
WANG_ZIEGLER_KERNEL
Controls whether to use the Wang-Ziegler non-collinear exchange-correlation
kernel in a SF-TDDFT calculation. Set NEW_DFT = TRUE if using a Q-Chem version older than 5.0.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not use non-collinear kernel.
TRUE
Use non-collinear kernel.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
WAVEFUNCTION_ANALYSIS
WAVEFUNCTION_ANALYSIS
Controls the running of the default wave function analysis tasks.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
TRUE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform default wave function analysis.
FALSE
Do not perform default wave function analysis.
RECOMMENDATION:
None. This option has no effect on NBO analysis.
WFA_LEVEL
WFA_LEVEL
Master variable for controlling the amount of output produced by libwfa.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
1
Only perform some population analyses.
2
Also perform exciton analysis and compute natural (transition/difference) orbitals.
3
Also perform charge transfer number analysis.
4
Maximal output (this is needed to reproduce Ref.
603
Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys.
(2020),
22,
pp. 6058.
Link
)
RECOMMENDATION:
Reduce if you want less print-out.
WFA_ORB_THRESH
WFA_ORB_THRESH
Controls the number of hole/particle NTO pairs and frontier natural orbital pairs and
natural difference orbital pairs exported to the Molden files.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
3
OPTIONS:
Export all NTO/NO/NDO pairs with a weight above .
RECOMMENDATION:
WFA_REF_STATE
WFA_REF_STATE
Controls the reference state for the transition and difference density matrices
used by libwfa. This keyword works for CIS/TDDFT/SF-DTDDFT computations.
Use CC_STATE_TO_OPT for EOM-CC.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
-1
OPTIONS:
-1
Use default: ground-state for standard CIS/TDDFT computations,
first response state for SF-TDDFT.
0
Reference state
N
th excited state/response state.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
WIG_GRID
WIG_GRID
Specify angular Lebedev grid for Wigner intracule calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
194
OPTIONS:
Lebedev grids up to 5810 points.
RECOMMENDATION:
Larger grids if high accuracy required.
WIG_LEB
WIG_LEB
Use Lebedev quadrature to evaluate Wigner integrals.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Evaluate Wigner integrals through series summation.
TRUE
Use quadrature for Wigner integrals.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
WIG_MEM
WIG_MEM
Reduce memory required in the evaluation of .
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not use low memory option.
TRUE
Use low memory option.
RECOMMENDATION:
The low memory option is slower, so use the default unless memory is limited.
WRITE_WFN
WRITE_WFN
Specifies whether or not a .wfn file is created, which is suitable for use with
AIMPAC. Note that the output to this file is currently limited to orbitals,
which is the highest angular momentum implemented in AIMPAC.
TYPE:
STRING
DEFAULT:
(NULL)
No output file is created.
OPTIONS:
filename
Specifies the output file name. The suffix .wfn will
be appended to this name.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
XAS_EDGE
XAS_EDGE
Specifies the nuclear charge of element being excited.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
Corresponding to the nuclear charge of element being excited.
RECOMMENDATION:
None
XAS_SCREEN_LEVEL
XAS_SCREEN_LEVEL
Sets the integral screening procedure for fast TDDFT.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
No default
OPTIONS:
only evaluate integrals that include the inner core basis function on relevant atom(s).
only evaluate integrals that include basis functions on relevant atom(s).
RECOMMENDATION:
1
XCIS
XCIS
Do an XCIS calculation in addition to a CIS calculation.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
FALSE
Do not do an XCIS calculation.
TRUE
Do an XCIS calculation (requires ROHF ground state).
RECOMMENDATION:
None
XC_GRID
XC_GRID
Specifies the type of grid to use for DFT calculations.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
Functional-dependent; see Table 5.3.
OPTIONS:
0
Use SG-0 for H, C, N, and O; SG-1 for all other atoms.
Use SG- for all atoms, , or 3
A string of two six-digit integers and , where is the number of radial points
and is the number of angular points where possible numbers of Lebedev angular
points, which must be an allowed value from Table 5.2 in
Section 5.5.
Similar format for Gauss-Legendre grids, with the six-digit integer corresponding
to the number of radial points and the six-digit integer providing the number of
Gauss-Legendre angular points, .
RECOMMENDATION:
Use the default unless numerical integration problems arise. Larger grids may be
required for optimization and frequency calculations.
XC_SMART_GRID
XC_SMART_GRID
Uses SG-0 (where available) for early SCF cycles, and switches to the
(larger) target grid specified by XC_GRID for final cycles of the SCF.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE (or 1)
Use the smaller grid for the initial cycles.
FALSE (or 0)
Use the target grid for all SCF cycles.
RECOMMENDATION:
The use of the smart grid can save some time on initial SCF cycles.
XOPT_SEAM_ONLY
XOPT_SEAM_ONLY
Orders an intersection seam search only, no minimization is to be performed.
TYPE:
LOGICAL
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Find a point on the intersection seam and stop.
FALSE
Perform a minimization of the intersection seam.
RECOMMENDATION:
In systems with a large number of degrees of freedom it might be useful
to locate the seam first by setting this option to TRUE and using that geometry
as a starting point for the minimization.
XOPT_STATE_1, XOPT_STATE_2
XOPT_STATE_1, XOPT_STATE_2
Specify two electronic states the intersection of which will be searched.
TYPE:
[INTEGER, INTEGER, INTEGER]
DEFAULT:
No default value (the option must be specified to run this calculation)
OPTIONS:
[spin, irrep, state]
spin = 0
Addresses states with low spin,
see also EE_SINGLETS or IP_STATES,EA_STATES.
spin = 1
Addresses states with high spin,
see also EE_TRIPLETS.
irrep
Specifies the irreducible representation to which
the state belongs; for example, in the point group,
irreps are ordered 1, 2, 3, 4 for , , , and , respectively.
state
Specifies the state number within the irreducible
representation, state = 1 means the lowest excited
state, state = 2 is the second excited state, etc..
0, 0, -1
Ground state.
RECOMMENDATION:
Only intersections of states with different spin or symmetry can be calculated
at this time.
XPOL
XPOL
Perform a self-consistent XPol calculation.
TYPE:
BOOLEAN
DEFAULT:
FALSE
OPTIONS:
TRUE
Perform an XPol calculation.
FALSE
Do not perform an XPol calculation.
RECOMMENDATION:
NONE
Z_EXTRAP_ORDER
Z_EXTRAP_ORDER
Specifies the polynomial order for Z-vector extrapolation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform -vector extrapolation.
OPTIONS:
Extrapolate using an th-order polynomial ().
RECOMMENDATION:
None
Z_EXTRAP_POINTS
Z_EXTRAP_POINTS
Specifies the number of old -vectors that are retained for use in extrapolation.
TYPE:
INTEGER
DEFAULT:
0
Do not perform response equation extrapolation.
OPTIONS:
Save previous -vectors for use in extrapolation
RECOMMENDATION:
Using the default -vector convergence settings, a
extrapolation was shown to provide the greatest speedup. At this setting, a
2–3-fold reduction in iterations was demonstrated.